WO2024032448A1 - Multicast communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Multicast communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032448A1
WO2024032448A1 PCT/CN2023/110834 CN2023110834W WO2024032448A1 WO 2024032448 A1 WO2024032448 A1 WO 2024032448A1 CN 2023110834 W CN2023110834 W CN 2023110834W WO 2024032448 A1 WO2024032448 A1 WO 2024032448A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
network device
terminal
multicast group
multicast
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/110834
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李濛
张海森
杨艳梅
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024032448A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032448A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/40Connection management for selective distribution or broadcast

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to multicast communication methods and devices.
  • the access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group from the radio resource control connected (RRC-connected) state (hereinafter referred to as the connected state) to the radio resource control inactive (radio resource control control inactive, RRC-inactive) state (hereinafter referred to as inactive state), the terminal may move, for example, from the coverage area of the access network device to the coverage area of another access network device. Since another access network device has not established the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, the terminal cannot receive the multicast data of the multicast group through another access network device.
  • RRC-connected radio resource control connected
  • RRC-inactive radio resource control inactive
  • Embodiments of the present application provide multicast communication methods and devices, so that when a terminal in a multicast group returns from an inactive state to a connected state, the access network device can promptly release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. .
  • a multicast communication method may be a first access network device; it may also be a module applied in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the first access network device as an example.
  • the method includes: determining that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and there is no terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the inactive terminal releases the context of the multicast session of the first access network device.
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. In the embodiment of the present application, there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the coverage area of the first access network device and the multicast group There is no intersection between the radio access network (RAN) notification area (RNA) of any terminal in the multicast group, or the coverage area of the first access network device is not included in the multicast group.
  • the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group, or the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group does not include the first access network equipment, or the coverage area of the first access network equipment is not the same as that in the multicast group.
  • the RNA of any terminal does not have a common cell or tracking area, or the cell or tracking area corresponding to the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group does not belong to the first access network device.
  • the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the first access network device releases the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. In this way, it can not only ensure that the terminal in the multicast group receives the multicast data, but also ensure that the terminal in the multicast group receives the multicast data. It can also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
  • the method further includes: sending a multicast session leave message to the second network device to trigger release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device.
  • the second network device may be an AMF network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or an access network device other than the first access network device.
  • the second network device can be triggered to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the determined multicast group leaves the first access network device, and there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the method further includes: sending a request message to the first network device, the request message being used to request the release of the multicast session; before releasing the context of the multicast session of the first access network device, the method further includes: receiving A response message from the first network device, the response message being used to respond to the request message.
  • the second network device may be an AMF network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or an access network device other than the first access network device.
  • the first network device can be caused to release the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, including: the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group The last terminal connected to the network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the first access network device; or the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group is switched to except Access network equipment other than the first access network equipment.
  • the first access network device determines the multicast group The last terminal in the group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
  • determining that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device includes: based on the connection between the multicast group and the first access network device.
  • the first information of connected terminals associated with the access network device determines that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine, based on the first information of the connected terminal in the multicast group associated with the first access network device, the first access network device in the multicast group. Whether the last terminal connected to the device has left the first access network device.
  • the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate Indicates the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device, or the first information is used to indicate whether the first access network device stores the context of the terminals in the multicast group. The context of the terminal.
  • the first access network device can determine the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in the connected state. Whether the last terminal connected to the network device has left the first access network device. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is based on the number of contexts of the terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device. Left the first access network device. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group has left based on whether the context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in the first access network device. The first access network equipment.
  • determining that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes: The second information about the inactive terminal associated with the device determines that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the first access network device may determine whether there is a connection with the first access network device in the multicast group based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment.
  • the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes: the first access network device switches to A terminal in an inactive state; and a terminal in an inactive state that is switched to an inactive state by an access network device other than the first access network device in the multicast group, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes All or part of the coverage area of the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine that the terminal is in the multicast group and is not connected to the first terminal in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment. Or, a terminal in the multicast group is switched to an inactive state by an access network device other than the first access network device, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes the first access network device. In the case of all or part of the coverage area, the first access network device may determine that the terminal is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. That is, the above possible implementation manner provides a method for the first access network device to determine the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the method further includes: receiving first notification information from the second access network device, the first notification information being used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state. , or the first notification information is used to notify There is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that the second access network device is switched to the inactive state.
  • the number of activated terminals; the second information is updated according to the first notification information.
  • the first access network device can switch the terminals in the multicast group to the inactive state, or there are terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the second information is updated. For example, if the second information indicates the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device adds 1 to the number indicated by the second information. Alternatively, if the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session is used, the first access network device adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information.
  • the method further includes: receiving second notification information from the second access network device, the second notification information being used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state. , or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast group The number of terminals that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; and update the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the first access network device can leave the inactive state when the terminal in the multicast group, or there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the second information is updated. For example, if the second information indicates the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device decrements the number indicated by the second information by 1. Alternatively, if the second information indicates the number of times of use of the context of the multicast session, the first access network device decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1.
  • the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the The number of times the multicast session's context has been used.
  • the first access network device may determine whether there is a connection with the first access network device in the multicast group by calculating the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether there is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group by counting the number of times the context of the multicast session is used. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of times the context of the multicast session is used can be understood as the number of times the context of the multicast session is established.
  • the number of times the context of the multicast session is used increases. If the network device releases the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, the number of times the context of the multicast session is used is reduced.
  • the inactive terminals associated with the network access device include: when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero, it is determined that there is no connection with the multicast group in the multicast group. An inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine that the multicast group does not exist with An inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
  • the method further includes: if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state, sending third notification information to at least one access network device, the third notification information is used to Notify one terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the first The access network device may notify at least one access network device, so that each access network device in the at least one access network device updates its associated inactive status in the multicast group it maintains based on the third notification information.
  • the second information of the terminal may notify at least one access network device, so that each access network device in the at least one access network device updates its associated inactive status in the multicast group it maintains based on the third notification information.
  • the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device when the first access network device switches the first terminal in the multicast group to the inactive state, the first access network device sends a third notification to at least one access network device information, so that each access network device in at least one access network device updates the second number of inactive terminals associated with it in the multicast group it maintains based on the third notification information. information.
  • the method further includes: when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the first access network device, sending a fourth notification to the at least one access network device. information, the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, to the at least one access network device Access network devices other than the third access network device among the network devices send fifth notification information, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
  • the first access network device may send the fourth notification information to at least one access network device. , so that each access network device in the at least one access network device updates the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group maintained by it according to the fourth notification information. Or, when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, the first access network device sends the third access network device to the at least one access network device except the third access network device.
  • the access network device that receives the fifth notification information can update the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group it maintains based on the fifth notification information, and then determine whether to release itself
  • the context of the multicast session established for the multicast group The context of the multicast session established for the multicast group.
  • the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the first access device, And if the radio access network notification area of each terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device, the fourth notification information is sent to the at least one access network device.
  • the signaling overhead of the first access network device can be reduced.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device and is switched to the inactive state by the first access device in the multicast group, it is still in the inactive state. If the radio access network notification area of each terminal in the state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device other than the third access network device, the at least one access network device Access network devices in the device other than the third access network device send the fifth notification information.
  • the signaling overhead of the first access network device can be reduced.
  • the method further includes: when the last terminal among the terminals in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device leaves the inactive state, sending a message to the at least An access network device sends sixth notification information, the sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the first access network device is 0, or the sixth notification information is The notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the sixth notification information is sent to at least one access network device. , so that each access network device in at least one access network device updates the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group it maintains according to the sixth notification information, and then determines whether to release itself as a multicast The context of the multicast session established by the broadcast group.
  • a multicast communication method is provided.
  • the communication device that executes the method may be a second access network device; it may also be a module applied in the second access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the second access network device as an example.
  • the method includes: establishing a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, the multicast session being used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; receiving a first message from the first access network device, the third A message used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session; releasing the context of the multicast session.
  • the second access network device may receive a context from the first access network device indicating the release of the multicast session. message, and timely release the context of the multicast session according to the message.
  • the method further includes: receiving a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the second access network device to establish the context of the multicast session.
  • the second access network device can establish the context of the multicast session of the second access network device according to the second message.
  • releasing the context of the multicast session includes: when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the second access network device leaves the second access network device, and the multicast session When there is no inactive terminal associated with the second access network device in the multicast group, the context of the multicast session is released.
  • the second access network device can be connected to the second access network device in the multicast group.
  • the latter terminal leaves the second access network device and there is no inactive terminal associated with the second access network device in the multicast group, the context of the multicast session is released.
  • the access network device that needs to send data to the terminals in the multicast group can maintain the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group to ensure that the terminals in the multicast group can receive the multicast data.
  • the access network equipment that does not need to send data to the terminals in the multicast group to promptly release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group to save resources.
  • a multicast communication method may be a first access network device; it may also be a module applied in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as the first access network device as an example.
  • the method includes: sending a second message to a second access network device, the second message being used to request the establishment of a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, the multicast session being used to transmit a multicast group corresponding multicast data; and/or, sending a first message to the second access network device, where the first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
  • the first access network device instructs the second access device to establish or release the context of the multicast session.
  • sending the first message to the second access network device includes: if the multicast group is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device and is currently inactive The wireless access network notification area of each terminal in the state does not include the coverage area of the second access network device, sending the first message to the second access network device; or, if the first access network device Receive a third message from a third access network device, the third message is used to indicate that a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device is in the third access network device. Return to the connected state, or the third message is used to request the first access network device to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device, and to send the first message to the second access network device.
  • the wireless access notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device and is currently in the inactive state does not include the second access network.
  • the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device, so as to reduce the signaling overhead of the first access network device.
  • send the first message to the second access network device to notify the second access network device that one terminal in the multicast group has left the inactive state.
  • a fourth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the first aspect.
  • the communication device may be the access network equipment in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned access network equipment.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module.
  • the communication device also includes a transceiver module.
  • This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in the above first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • the transceiver module which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in the above first aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, and there is no non-stop terminal associated with the communication device in the multicast group.
  • the activated terminal and processing module are also used to release the context of the multicast session of the communication device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a request message to the first network device, where the request message is used to request the release of the multicast session; the transceiver module is also configured to receive a response from the first network device. message, the response message is used to respond to the request message.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send a multicast session leave message to the second network device.
  • the multicast session leave message is used to trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device.
  • the multicast session of the second network device is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, including: the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group is removed by the communication device It is deleted from the context of the multicast session; or, the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group is switched to an access network device other than the communication device.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information of the terminal in the connected state associated with the communication device in the multicast group, the communication device in the multicast group. The last terminal left the communication device.
  • the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the communication device and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate the communication device The number of contexts of terminals in this multicast group stored in .
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the communication device in the multicast group, that there is no connection with the communication device in the multicast group.
  • An inactive terminal associated with a communication device is specifically configured to determine, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the communication device in the multicast group, that there is no connection with the communication device in the multicast group.
  • the inactive terminals associated with the communication device in the multicast group include: terminals that are switched to the inactive state by the communication device in the multicast group; and A terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by access network equipment other than the communication device, and the wireless access network notification area of the terminal includes all or part of the coverage area of the communication device .
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive first notification information from the second access network device, where the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to a non- Active state, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that there is a terminal switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group The number of terminals in the group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device; the processing module is also configured to update the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive second notification information from the second access network device, where the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the non-unofficial network. active state, or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast The number of terminals in the group that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; the processing module is also configured to update the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the communication device in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals of the multicast session. The number of times the context has been used.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine that there are no terminals in the multicast group when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero. There are inactive terminals associated with the communication device.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send third notification information to at least one access network device if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state.
  • the third notification The information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device.
  • the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the communication device.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send a fourth notification to the at least one access network device when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the communication device.
  • Information the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, the transceiver module is also used to when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device
  • send fifth notification information to the access network equipment other than the third access network equipment in the at least one access network equipment, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave. Inactive state.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send a message to the at least one interface when the last terminal among the terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device in the multicast group leaves the inactive state.
  • the network access device sends sixth notification information.
  • the sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the communication device is 0, or the sixth notification information is used to notify the There is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the second aspect.
  • the communication device may be the access network equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned access network equipment.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in the above second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processor.
  • the transceiver module which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the transmission and/or transmission in the above second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof. or receive function.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above second aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module is used to establish the context of a multicast session of the communication device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; the transceiver module is used to receive data from the first The first message of the access network device is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session; the processing module is also used to release the context of the multicast session.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the communication device to establish the context of the multicast session.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to be used when the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, and there is no association with the communication device in the multicast group. Releases the context of the multicast session when the terminal is inactive.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the third aspect.
  • the communication device may be the access network equipment in the above third aspect, or a device including the above access network equipment.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a second message to the second access network device.
  • the second message is used to request the establishment of a context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; and/or the transceiver module is also used to send a first message to the second access network device, the first message is used to indicate the release of the multicast group.
  • the context of the broadcast session is configured to send a second message to the second access network device.
  • the second message is used to request the establishment of a context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; and/or the transceiver module is also used to send a first message to the second access network device, the first message is used to indicate the release of the multicast group.
  • the context of the broadcast session is configured to send a second message to the second access network device.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used to notify the wireless access network notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device and is currently in the inactive state.
  • the coverage area of the second access network device is not included in the second access network device, and the first message is sent to the second access network device; or, the transceiver module is specifically used to:
  • the third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the communication device returns to the connected state on the third access network device, or the third message is used to indicate The communication device is requested to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device and the first message to the second access network device.
  • a seventh aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled to a memory, and after reading instructions in the memory, execute the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instructions.
  • the communication device may be the first access network device in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device; or the communication device may be the second access network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, Or a device including the above-mentioned second access network device; or the communication device may be the first access network device in the above-mentioned third aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device.
  • the communication device further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a communication device including: a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to receive a computer program or instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor is used to execute the computer program or instructions to enable the communication
  • the device performs the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when run on a computer, the computer can perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • a tenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to To perform any of the methods described above.
  • a communication system in an eleventh aspect, includes an access network device and a network device, wherein the access network device is used to perform the method described in the first aspect, and the network device is used to receive data from the access network device. Multicast session leave message for network devices.
  • the network device includes a core network device or an access network device other than the access network device.
  • a communication system in a twelfth aspect, includes a second access network device for performing the method described in the second aspect, and a first access network device used for performing the method described in the third aspect. Access network equipment.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3A is a schematic flowchart 1 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3B is a schematic flowchart 2 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart three of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic second structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • idle state Connected state, inactive state and radio resource control idle (RRC-idle) state (hereinafter referred to as idle state)
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the access network device knows that the terminal is within the coverage area of the access network device, or further, accesses
  • the network equipment knows that the terminal is in a cell corresponding to the access network equipment, and the core network equipment knows that the terminal can be found through the access network equipment.
  • the terminal can receive downlink data and signaling from the access network equipment, and can also send uplink data and signaling to the access network equipment.
  • the coverage area of an access network device includes the area in which the access network device can provide access services to terminals, and may also be called the service coverage area of the access network device or the service area of the access network device.
  • the access network device may not know whether the terminal is within the coverage area of the access network device.
  • the core network device thinks that the terminal is still in the connected state (CM -Connected state), the terminal's downlink data and signaling will be sent to the access network device in the same way as the connected state.
  • the access network device In the idle state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal and the access network device.
  • the access network device does not know the existence of the terminal, and the core network device may not know through which access network device the terminal can be found.
  • Radio access network (RAN) notification area (RAN notification area, RNA)
  • RNA can also be called RAN-based notification area or RAN notification area, etc., without limitation.
  • the RNA may be an area set by the access network device for the terminals in the inactive state in the multicast group. That is to say, the terminals in the inactive state in the multicast group may correspond to one RNA.
  • the RNA may indicate multiple cells (cells) or at least one access network device.
  • the RNA includes multiple cells, or a cell list, or a tracking area (TA), or an identification of at least one access network device.
  • the terminal can move within the cell indicated by the RNA or within the coverage area of the indicated access network device without interacting with the network. If the core network has downlink data or signaling that needs to be sent to the terminal, the access network equipment in the RNA can page the terminal so that the terminal enters the connected state to receive the downlink data or signaling.
  • the access network equipment in the RNA can be understood to mean that all or part of the coverage area of the access network equipment is included in the RNA, or it can be understood to mean that each cell included in the RNA belongs to (or corresponds to) Access network equipment.
  • RNA includes cell 1, cell 2 and cell 3, where cell 1 and cell 2 are the cells of access network device 1, and cell 3 is the cell of access network device 2, then the access network devices in RNA include Access network equipment 1 and access network equipment 2.
  • RNA includes the TA of access network device 1, the TA of access network device 2, and the TA of access network device 3, then the access network devices in the RNA include access network device 1, access network device 2 and access network equipment 2.
  • the access network devices in the RNA include the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.
  • the cell can be the New Radio Cell Identity (NR Cell Identity) or the New Radio Cell Global Identity (NR Cell Global Identity).
  • NR Cell Identity New Radio Cell Identity
  • NR Cell Global Identity New Radio Cell Global Identity
  • S11 The terminal sends the first request to the session management function (SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the SMF network element receives the first request from the terminal.
  • the first request may be used to request to join a multicast group of the multicast service, or to join a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the first request may include information for the multicast group or information for the multicast session.
  • the information about the multicast group may include an identifier of the multicast group or a protocol address related to the multicast service.
  • the identification of the multicast group may be used to indicate the multicast group.
  • the identity of the multicast group may be a temporary identity assigned to the multicast group by the application server (AS) or the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) core network, for example, the temporary mobile group identity ( temporary mobile group identifier (TMGI).
  • AS application server
  • 5G fifth generation
  • TMGI temporary mobile group identity
  • the protocol address related to the multicast service may be an Internet Protocol (IP) address, for example, the IP address of the multicast data, or a user plane function (UPF) network connected to the AS. Yuan’s IP address.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • UPF user plane function
  • the multicast group information may also include the port number of the UPF network element connected to the AS.
  • the protocol address related to the multicast service can be a source specific multicast address (Source Specific Multicast address).
  • the multicast session information may include the identification of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the identifier of the multicast session can be used to identify the multicast session.
  • the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the multicast group can be replaced by a multicast session, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the first request is included in a non-access stratum (NAS) message or a user plane join request message.
  • the NAS message may be a protocol data unit (PDU) session modification request or a PDU session establishment request.
  • the join request message on the user plane may be an Internet group management protocol (IGMP) join message (IGMP join message).
  • IGMP Internet group management protocol
  • the terminal application triggers the terminal to send a first request to the SMF network element; or, when the terminal detects that it needs to receive or send data through multicast, it sends the first request to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element sends the first message to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first message from the SMF network element.
  • the first message includes the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the first message also includes unicast quality of service (QoS flow) information corresponding to the multicast group.
  • QoS flow unicast quality of service
  • One possible implementation method is that after receiving the first request, the SMF network element obtains the multicast information.
  • the SMF network element uses the multicast/broadcast-session management function (multicast/broadcast-session)
  • M-SMF management function
  • UDR unified data repository
  • the SMF network element also generates unicast QoS flow information corresponding to the multicast group based on the multicast information.
  • the access network device establishes or modifies the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group according to the first message.
  • the terminal successfully joins the multicast group, and the terminal can receive multicast data of the multicast group through the access network device.
  • the access network device establishes the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. For: the access network equipment establishes a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data between the access network equipment and the UPF network element (for example, the multicast broadcast user plane functional network element), or the access network equipment
  • the transmission channel allocation identifier (for example, the transmission tunnel identifier) used to transmit multicast data between the network access device and the UPF network element.
  • the access network device can send the identification to the MB-SMF network element. After receiving the identifier, the MB-SMF network element can send the identifier to the UPF network element.
  • the transmission channel can be alternatively described as a transmission logical channel, a logical channel, a communication connection, a transmission path, a tunnel or a transmission tunnel, etc.
  • Multicast can be replaced by terms such as broadcast, multicast, and multicast/broadcast.
  • the access network device may release the RRC connection with the terminal, causing the terminal to switch to an inactive state. Subsequently, the terminal receives the multicast data of the multicast group in the inactive state.
  • the context of a multicast session may include one or more of the following information: the identification information of the transmission channel of the multicast session, the QoS information of the multicast session, the status information of the multicast session, the area identification of the MBS, or the multicast session corresponding Terminal identification information.
  • the identification information of the transmission channel of the multicast session is used to identify the transmission channel of the multicast session.
  • the transmission channel may include at least one of the following: a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast session between the access network device and the UPF network element.
  • the identification information may include a tunnel endpoint identifier used for multicast session transmission, such as: multicast/broadcast session tunnel endpoint ID (MB session TEID).
  • the QoS information of the multicast session may include allocation and retention priority (ARP) information for multicast transmission, and/or 5G QoS Flow ID (5QI).
  • ARP allocation and retention priority
  • 5QI 5G QoS Flow ID
  • the status information of the multicast session can be used to indicate the status of the multicast session, such as activation status or deactivation status.
  • the MBS area identifier can be used to identify the MBS Service Area.
  • the area identifier of the MBS may include a cell identifier or a tracking area identifier.
  • the identification information of the terminal corresponding to the multicast session can be used to indicate the identification of the terminal corresponding to the multicast session, such as 5G-system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-S- TMSI) and so on.
  • 5G-S- TMSI 5G-system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state and the process of receiving multicast data in the inactive state
  • switching the terminal to the inactive state can be replaced by: the terminal is released to the inactive state, or the terminal is configured to the inactive state, etc.
  • a unified explanation is given here and will not be described again.
  • the following takes the context in which a terminal joins a multicast group through access network device 1, and access network device 1 successfully establishes a multicast session as an example to introduce that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state, and in the inactive state The process of receiving multicast data in the state.
  • Access network device 1 sends an RRC Release (RRC Release) message to the terminal.
  • RRC Release RRC Release
  • the terminal receives the RRC release message from the access network device 1.
  • the RRC release message may include information such as suspension indication information, configuration information, RNA information, or inactive radio network temporary identifier (I-RNTI) to be released to the inactive state. one or more items.
  • I-RNTI inactive radio network temporary identifier
  • the indication or configuration information of releasing to the inactive state may be used to instruct the terminal to switch to the inactive state.
  • RNA information can be used to indicate RNA.
  • RNA information can also be carried and sent in other messages without restriction.
  • the RNA information includes the identifier of access network device 1 and the identifier of access network device 2.
  • the access network device 1 sends a second request to an access network device other than the access network device 1 in the RNA (access network device 2 in this example).
  • the access network device in the RNA other than the access network device 1 receives the second request from the access network device 1.
  • the second request may be used to request to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2 for the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request the establishment of a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request the establishment of a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the request may be used to request to send multicast data corresponding to the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request to process the multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the access network device 1 will also send the access network device 3 Send a request to request to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 3 for the multicast group, or to request to establish a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group, or to request to send multicast data corresponding to the multicast group, Or, request processing of multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the access network device 2 can interact with the core network to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2 .
  • the access network devices in the RNA (access network device 1 and access network device 2 in this example) all establish the context of their corresponding multicast sessions. Therefore, all access network devices within RNA can send multicast data.
  • the terminal may return to the connected state under any access network device in the RNA, such as access network device 1 or access network device 2.
  • any access network device in the RNA such as access network device 1 or access network device 2.
  • the access network device can leave the access network device when the last terminal connected to the access network device in the multicast group, and there is no connection with the access network device in the multicast group. In the case of an associated inactive terminal, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
  • the specific process of this method will be explained in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B or FIG. 4 below, and will not be described again here.
  • the communication system can be a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) communication system, a Wi-Fi system, or a third generation partnership project (3GPP) related system.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • Wi-Fi Fifth Generation
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • Communication systems, future evolved communication systems (such as sixth generation (6G) communication systems, etc.), or systems integrating multiple systems, etc., are not restricted.
  • 5G can also be called new radio (NR).
  • NR new radio
  • the following uses the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1 as an example to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 is only a schematic diagram and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided by this application.
  • the communication system 10 may include an access network device 101, an access network device 102, a terminal 103 that can communicate with the access network device 101, and a terminal 104 that can communicate with the access network device 102.
  • the communication system 10 also includes an access network device 105.
  • access network equipment can provide wireless access services to terminals.
  • each access network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and terminals entering this area can communicate with the access network device to receive wireless access services provided by the access network device.
  • the service coverage area may include one or more cells.
  • the terminal and the access network equipment can communicate through the Uu port link.
  • the Uu interface link can be divided into an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL) according to the direction of data transmitted thereon.
  • the UL can transmit uplink data sent from the terminal to the access network device
  • the DL can transmit the downlink data transmitted from the access network device to the terminal.
  • the access network device such as the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105, may be any device with wireless transceiver functions. Including but not limited to: evolutionary base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B) in LTE, base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP) in NR, 3GPP Subsequently evolved base stations, access nodes in Wi-Fi systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station can be: macro base station, micro base station, pico base station, small station, relay station, or balloon station, etc.
  • Multiple base stations may support networks with the same technology mentioned above, or may support networks with different technologies mentioned above.
  • a base station may contain one or more co-located or non-co-located TRPs.
  • the access network device may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the access network device may also be a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU).
  • the access network device can also be a server, wearable device, machine communication device, or vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • the following description takes the access network equipment as a base station as an example.
  • the multiple access network devices may be base stations of the same type or different types of base stations.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal, or it can communicate with the terminal through the relay station.
  • the terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal can communicate with a base station that supports LTE network and a base station that supports 5G network. It can also support dual connections with base stations of LTE network and base stations of 5G network.
  • the device used to realize the function of the access network device may be the access network device; it may also be a device that can support the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device may be installed on the access network device. In the network access device or with The access network equipment is matched and used.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the access network equipment as an access network equipment as an example.
  • a terminal such as terminal 103 or terminal 104, is a device with wireless transceiver functions. Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); they can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal may also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with wireless communication functions.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver functions.
  • the terminal device can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or a smart terminal.
  • the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device may be installed in the terminal or used in conjunction with the terminal.
  • the device for realizing the functions of the terminal is a terminal as an example for description.
  • the terminal may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • a wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also a device that achieves powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include devices that are full-featured, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be integrated with other devices such as Devices used with smartphones, such as various smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for monitoring physical signs.
  • the terminal can be a terminal in the Internet of things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-computer interconnection and things. Intelligent network of interconnection of things.
  • the terminal in this application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC).
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal of this application may be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component , vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit can implement the method of this application.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 1 also includes at least one UPF network element that communicates with the access network device in Figure 1 and at least one SMF network element that communicates with the access network device in Figure 1 (in Figure 1 not shown).
  • the SMF network element is used for session management or session establishment, for example, for establishing a multicast session corresponding to a multicast group.
  • the UPF network element is used to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or to establish a transmission channel between the UPF network element and its corresponding access network device for transmitting multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. .
  • the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that during specific implementation, the communication system 10 may also include other devices, and the number of access network devices and terminals may also be determined according to specific needs without limitation.
  • each network element or device (for example, access network device, etc.) in Figure 1 can also be called a communication device, which can be a general device or a special device, and is not specifically limited.
  • each network element or device for example, access network device, etc.
  • Figure 1 the relevant functions of each network element or device (for example, access network device, etc.) in Figure 1 can be implemented by one device, or can be implemented by multiple devices together, or can be implemented by one or more devices within one device. Multiple functional modules are implemented without specific limitations. It can be understood that the above functions can be either network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Function.
  • a platform for example, a cloud platform
  • each network element or device (for example, access network equipment, etc.) in Figure 1 can adopt the composition structure shown in Figure 2, or include the components shown in Figure 2.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 20 includes at least one processor 201 and at least one communication interface 204, which are used to implement the methods provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • the communication device 20 may also include a communication line 202 and a memory 203 .
  • the processor 201 may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the present application. integrated circuit for program execution.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 202 may include a path, such as a bus, that carries information between the above-mentioned components.
  • Communication interface 204 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
  • the communication interface 204 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area networks (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, and pins , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the memory 203 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • a dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other medium for access, but not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 201 through the communication line 202 .
  • the memory 203 may also be integrated with the processor 201. Among them, the memory can usually be non-volatile.
  • the memory 203 is used to store computer execution instructions involved in executing solutions provided by various embodiments of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 201 for execution.
  • the processor 201 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203, thereby implementing the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 201 performs processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 204 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited.
  • the instructions executed by the computer can also be called application codes without specific limitations.
  • Coupling is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication device 20 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 207 in FIG. 2 .
  • processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication device 20 may also include an output device 205 and/or an input device 206.
  • Output device 205 is coupled to processor 201 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 205 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device 206 is coupled to the processor 201 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 206 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
  • composition structure shown in Figure 2 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or a combination of certain components. components, or different component arrangements.
  • transmission may be understood as sending and/or receiving depending on the specific context.
  • Transfer can be a noun or a verb.
  • transmission is often used instead of sending and/or receiving.
  • the phrase “transmit multicast data”, from the perspective of the sender, can be understood as “send multicast data”, and from the perspective of the receiver, it can be understood as “receive multicast data”.
  • A/B can mean A or B
  • a and/or B can be used to describe the existence of three relationships between related objects
  • a And/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone.
  • a and B can be singular or plural.
  • expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C” are often used to mean any of the following: A alone; B alone; alone C exists; A and B exist simultaneously; A and C exist simultaneously; B and C exist simultaneously; A, B, and C exist simultaneously.
  • the above is an example of three elements A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of this project. When there are more elements in the expression, The meaning of this expression can be obtained in accordance with the aforementioned rules.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words “first”, “second” and other words do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to express examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” shall not be interpreted. To be more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner that is easier to understand.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic associated with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referred to the same embodiment throughout this specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • At the same time in this application can be understood as at the same point in time, within a period of time, or within the same cycle.
  • the access network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and other steps or variations of various steps can also be performed. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the multicast communication method may include the following steps:
  • the first access network device determines that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and the multicast group is not associated with the first access network device. of inactive terminals.
  • S302 The first access network device releases the context of the multicast session.
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the release in step S302 can be understood as deletion, not restriction.
  • the first access network device in S301 may be any access network device in the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1, for example, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device in Figure 1.
  • Network equipment 105 may be any access network device in the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1, for example, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device in Figure 1.
  • the first access network device establishes a multicast session context for the multicast group.
  • the context of the multicast session may be used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group between the first access network device and its corresponding UPF network element, or the context of the multicast session may be used by the first access network Multicast data is transmitted between the device and access network devices other than the first access network device.
  • the context in which the first access network device establishes a multicast session for the multicast group can be replaced by the context in which the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • a transmission channel for the multicast session is established for the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a transmission channel for the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the context of the multicast session established by each access network device for the multicast group is called the access network.
  • the context of the device's multicast session For example, if access network device 1 and access network device 2 both establish the context of a multicast session for a multicast group, the context of the multicast session established by access network device 1 for the multicast group is called access.
  • the context of the multicast session of network device 1 and the context of the multicast session established by access network device 2 for the multicast group are called the multicast session of access network device 2.
  • context Therefore, the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group may also be referred to as the context of the multicast session of the first access network device.
  • a unified explanation is provided here and will not be repeated later.
  • the first access network determines the multicast group The last terminal in the group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
  • the multicast group and the first access network device That is, when the last terminal connected to the source NG-RAN is switched to the target NG-RAN, the first access network determines that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device. Or, the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device (i.e., the source NG-RAN) switches to the target evolved universal terrestrial radio access (network)
  • the first access network determines that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device.
  • the first access network device there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • it can also be described as coverage of the first access network device.
  • the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the group does not include the first access network equipment, or the coverage area described as the first access network equipment does not have a common cell with the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group.
  • the tracking area, or the cell or tracking area described as the RNA corresponding to any terminal in the multicast group does not belong to the first access network device.
  • the multicast group including terminal 1 and terminal 2, and the cell of the first access network device including cell 1 and cell 2. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes cell 3 and cell 4, the RNA of terminal 2 includes Cell 5 and Cell 6, then there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes cell 1 and cell 4, and the RNA of terminal 2 includes cell 5 and cell 6, then there is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes the identity of the first access network device and the identity of access network device 2, and the RNA of terminal 2 includes the identity of access network device 2 and the identity of access network device 3, then the multicast group There is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
  • RNA of terminal 1 includes the TA of access network device 2 and the TA of access network device 3
  • the RNA of terminal 2 includes the TA of access network device 2 and the TA of access network device 4, then in the multicast group There is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
  • S301 can be replaced by: when the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, the first access network device determines that there are no terminals in the multicast group. There is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device. Further, when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, it may be replaced by: the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is left by the first access network device. An access network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session; or, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group is switched to another access network device other than the first access network device. .
  • the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and the first terminal in the multicast group If there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
  • the above method further includes: the first access network device sending a request message to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the request message from the first access network device.
  • the request message is used to request the release of the multicast session.
  • the first network device can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or other access network equipment, without limitation.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the above method further includes: the first access network device receiving a response message from the first network device.
  • the first network device sends a response message to the first access network device.
  • the response message is used to respond to the request message.
  • the request message may be a multicast session release request, and the response message may be a multicast session release response, without limitation.
  • the first access network device may determine in S301 that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and the If there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device, the request message is sent to the first network device, and the context of the multicast session is released after receiving the response message.
  • the above method further includes: the first access network device sending a multicast session leave message to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the multicast session leave message from the first access network device.
  • the second network device may be a core network device or other access network device.
  • the core network equipment is an AMF network element, MB-SMF network element or UPF network element.
  • the context of the multicast session when used to transmit multicast messages corresponding to the multicast group between the first access network device and the UPF network element (the UPF network element can be replaced by the MB-UPF network element, which will not be described again).
  • data for example, the context includes the identification of the transmission channel between the first access network device and the UPF network element
  • the second network device may be a core network device.
  • the context of the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data between the first access network device and other access network devices (for example, the context includes the communication between the first access network device and the second access network device). identification of the transmission channel), then the second network device is another access network device.
  • the multicast session leave message can be used to request or trigger the release of the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the multicast session leave message may be used to indicate that the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group has left the first access network device.
  • releasing the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group may be replaced by deleting the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the multicast session leave message can be replaced by: transmission channel release request message, for example, DISTRIBUTION RELEASE REQUEST message.
  • the transmission channel release request message may be used to request the release of the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the multicast session leave message can also be replaced by: an IP packet containing leave information, such as an Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) leave message, etc.
  • IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol
  • the first access network device can trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the network device, thereby further saving network resources.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a multicast communication method, including: the first access network device only leaves the first terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the first access network device In the case of a network access device, release the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group; or, the first access network device only does not exist with the first access network in the multicast group.
  • release the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group In the case of an inactive terminal associated with the device, release the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group.
  • the first access network device For example, if there is no inactive terminal in the multicast group, when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, the first access network device The device releases the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group. If there is no terminal in the connected state in the multicast group, when there is no terminal in the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device releases the first access The context of the multicast session established by the network device for the multicast group.
  • step S301 may include S301A and S301B, specifically as follows:
  • the first access network device determines the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group based on the first information of the connected terminals in the multicast group associated with the first access network device. Leave the first access network device.
  • the first information may be any one of the following four situations: Situation A: The first information may be used to indicate the terminal in the multicast group that is connected to the first access network device and is in the connected state.
  • the first information is included in the context related to the multicast/broadcast service (MBS) corresponding to the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
  • MMS multicast/broadcast service
  • the first access network device stores MBS-related context.
  • the MBS-related context includes first information corresponding to multicast session 1, first information corresponding to multicast session 2... first information corresponding to multicast session m.
  • multicast session 1 to multicast session m are multicast sessions corresponding to different multicast groups, and are used to transmit multicast data of their corresponding multicast groups.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in the connected state.
  • the first information includes a numerical value.
  • the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation.
  • this value also increases. For example, when the number of terminals increases by 1, this value also increases by 1;
  • this value also decreases. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, this value also decreases by one.
  • the first information is status information, that is, the first information can correspond to multiple statuses.
  • the state corresponding to the first information is the initial state.
  • the first access network device updates the first information. For example, when the number of terminals increases by one, the first access network device updates the first information.
  • the state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the multicast group is connected to the first access network device and the number of terminals in the connected state decreases, the first access network The device updates the first information. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, the state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
  • the value included in the first information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the first information is an initial state, it can mean that the terminal in the multicast group is connected to the first access network device and is in the connected state.
  • the quantity is 0 or 1, there is no limit.
  • the first access network device can determine that the multicast group is connected to the first access network device. The last terminal connected to the network equipment leaves the first access network equipment.
  • the first access network device updates the first information.
  • the first access network device when a terminal joins a multicast group through the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1; or when the first access network device receives a multicast message from After the RRC connection recovery request of the terminal in the group, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1; or when the first access network device receives a multicast group from other access network devices After entering the context of a terminal in the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1.
  • One possible implementation is that when a terminal in the multicast group leaves the connection state (such as entering an inactive state or an idle state) under the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information; or , when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering the inactive state or idle state) under the first access network device and enters the connected state under other access network devices, the first access network device Update first information.
  • the first access network device determines to release the connection of a terminal in the multicast group, after (or before) the first access network device sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal, the first access network device The network device decrements the number indicated by the first information by one.
  • the first access network device determines that it is a terminal in the multicast group that switches to the inactive state or the idle state and enters the connected state under other access network devices, such as the first access network device After the device receives information requesting the context of the terminal from other access network devices, or after the first access network device sends the context information of the terminal to other access network devices, or the first access network device After receiving information from other access network equipment indicating that the terminal enters the connected state under the other access network equipment, the first access network equipment decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1.
  • Case B The first information may be used to indicate the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
  • the first information includes a numerical value.
  • the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation.
  • the value also increases. For example, when the number of contexts of the terminal increases by 1, the value also increases by 1; when When the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device decreases, the value also decreases. For example, when the number of contexts of the terminal decreases by one, the value also decreases by one.
  • the first information is status information, that is, the first information can correspond to multiple statuses.
  • the state corresponding to the first information is the initial state.
  • the first access network device updates the first information.
  • the first access network device when the number of contexts of the terminal increases by one, the first access network device The state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device decreases, the first access network device updates the first A piece of information, for example, when the number of contexts of the terminal is reduced by one, the state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
  • the value included in the first information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the first information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device is 0. or 1, no restriction.
  • the first access network device may determine that the multicast group is connected to the first access network device. The last terminal leaves the first access network device.
  • the first access network device after the first access network device receives the context of the terminal in the multicast group that is not stored in the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information; or, Each time the first access network device receives the context of the terminal in the multicast group, the first access network device updates the first information.
  • the first access network device After receiving the context of a terminal in the multicast group that is not stored in the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1.
  • a possible implementation manner is that when the first access network device receives information from other access network devices requesting the context of terminals in the multicast group, or when the first access network device requests other access network devices to After the network device sends the context information of the terminal in the multicast group, or after the first access network device deletes the context of the terminal in the multicast group, the first access network device updates the first information. For example, after sending the context information of a terminal in the multicast group to other access network devices, the first access network device decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1.
  • Case C The first information may be used to indicate whether the context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can search in the stored context of the terminal whether the identifier of the multicast group is stored. If the identifier of the multicast group is stored, it means that the first access network device The context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in . If the identifier of the multicast group is not stored, it means that the context of the terminal in the multicast group is not stored in the first access network device.
  • Case D The first information is used to indicate the terminal in the connected state associated with the identity of the multicast group. That is, the first information may be used to indicate the terminal in the connected state in the multicast group.
  • the first information includes the identifier of the terminal associated with the identifier of the multicast group, for example, the identifier of the terminal in the connected state corresponding to the multicast group (such as 5G-S-TMSI).
  • the first information is empty, that is, it does not include the identity of the terminal associated with the identity of the multicast group. It can be understood that this application does not limit the form of the first information.
  • the first information may include a list as shown in Table 0 (there may also be lists in other forms), or the first information may include key-value pairs. be restricted.
  • the terminals associated with TMGI 1 include terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3.
  • the terminals associated with TMGI 2 include terminal 2 and terminal 4.
  • the terminals associated with TMGI 3 include terminal 3, terminal 5 and terminal 6.
  • the first access network device updates the first information.
  • the first access network device when a terminal joins a multicast group through the first access network device, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information; or when the first access network device receives a message from the multicast group, After the RRC connection recovery request of the terminal in the broadcast group, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information; or, when the first access network device receives a multicast from other access network devices After obtaining the context of a terminal in the group, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information.
  • One possible implementation method is that when a terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering inactive state) under the first access network device, state or idle state), the first access network device updates the first information; or, when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering the inactive state or idle state) under the first access network device, And when other access network equipment enters the connection state, the first access network equipment updates the first information.
  • the first access network device determines to release the connection of a terminal in the multicast group, after (or before) the first access network device sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal, the first access network device The network device deletes the identification of the terminal from the first information.
  • the first access network device determines that it is a terminal in the multicast group that switches to the inactive state or the idle state and enters the connected state under other access network devices, such as the first access network device After the device receives information requesting the context of the terminal from other access network devices, or after the first access network device sends the context information of the terminal to other access network devices, or the first access network device After receiving information from other access network equipment indicating that the terminal enters the connected state under the other access network equipment, the first access network equipment deletes the identification of the terminal from the first information.
  • the first access network device determines, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, that there is no terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminal.
  • the inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group include: terminals that are switched to the inactive state by the first access network device in the multicast group; and A terminal that is switched to an inactive state by another access network device in the multicast group, and the RNA of the terminal includes all or part of the coverage area of the first access network device.
  • the multicast group below includes terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3. Both terminal 1 and terminal 2 have established an RRC connection with the first access network device. Terminal 3 has established an RRC connection with the access network device 2.
  • the first access network device The cell of the access network device includes cell 1 and cell 2, and the cell of the access network device 2 includes cell 3 and cell 4. This is described as an example.
  • terminal 1 is an inactive state terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the terminal 3 is the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. status terminal.
  • the terminal 3 is not associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. of inactive terminals.
  • the second information is included in the MBS-related context corresponding to the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
  • the second information may be any one of the following three situations: Case 1, the second information may be used to indicate the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. The number of terminals; or, case 2, the second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used; or, case 3, the second information is used to indicate the number of times the multicast session context is used Identifies the associated access network device. Case 1, case 2 and case 3 are introduced below respectively.
  • the second information may be used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the second information includes a numerical value.
  • the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation.
  • this value also increases. For example, when the number of terminals increases by 1, this value also increases by 1; when the number of terminals in the multicast group increases by 1; When the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the broadcast group decreases, this value also decreases. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, this value also decreases by one.
  • the second information is status information, that is, the second information can correspond to multiple statuses.
  • the state corresponding to the second information is the initial state.
  • the first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of terminals increases by one, the second The state corresponding to the information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group decreases, the first access network device updates the second Information, for example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
  • the value included in the second information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the second information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group is 0 or 1, no limit.
  • the first access network device may determine that there is no connection with the first access device in the multicast group.
  • An inactive terminal associated with a network device that is to say, when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero, the first access network device determines that there is no association with the first access network device in the multicast group. of inactive terminals.
  • the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the first notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the first notification information may be used to notify the second access network device in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state. the number of terminals, or the first notification information is used to notify one terminal in the multicast group to be switched to an inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the second access network device when the terminal in the multicast group switches to the inactive state and the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network equipment, the second access network device provides the first access network device with the first access network device.
  • the network access device sends the first notification information.
  • the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state under the second access network device, and the RNA of the terminal includes the first access All or part of the coverage area of network equipment. At this time, the first access network device updates the second information.
  • the second access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network device, and If the second access network device has not sent the first notification information before, the second access network device sends the first notification information to the first access network device.
  • the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state
  • the first access network device increases the number indicated by the second information by 1.
  • the first notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device is n
  • the first access network device adds n to the number indicated by the second information. .
  • the first notification information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
  • the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state (for example, enter the connected state, or enter the idle state), or the second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
  • the terminal can leave the inactive state on the second access network device, or can also leave the inactive state on other access network devices. Leave the inactive state.
  • the terminal can change from the inactive state to the connected state, or from the inactive state to the idle state, which is not limited here.
  • the second access network device is used when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal during the inactive state includes the first access network device. , sending the second notification information to the first access network device.
  • the terminal in the multicast group of the second access network device leaves the inactive state, and the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device and is currently still in the inactive state. If the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the inactive state does not include the first access network equipment, the second notification information is sent to the first access network equipment.
  • the second access network device receives the seventh notification information from the fourth access network device, and the seventh notification information is used to notify those in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the fourth access network device returns to the connected state or the seventh notification information is used to notify the second access network device to send the context of the terminal to the fourth access network device, the second access network device sends the terminal to the fourth access network device.
  • the first access network device sends the second notification information.
  • the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state. It should be understood that the terminal leaves the inactive state under the fourth access network device.
  • the first access network device decreases the number indicated by the second information by 1.
  • the second notification information is used to notify the number of terminals in the multicast group that are in the inactive state after the second access network device leaves, the first access network device adds the number indicated by the second information. n.
  • the second notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data, or included in an MBS session update request message.
  • Case 2 The second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
  • the second information includes a numerical value.
  • the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation.
  • this value also increases; when the number of uses of the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) decreases, this value also increases. reduce.
  • the second information is status information, that is, the second information can correspond to multiple statuses.
  • the state corresponding to the second information is the initial state.
  • the first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of uses is increased by 1, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the context of the multicast session (or multicast session When the number of uses of the transmission channel) decreases, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of uses decreases by 1, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
  • the value included in the second information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the second information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of uses of the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is 0 or 1, No restrictions.
  • the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used can be understood as the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is established. For example, if other access network equipment requests the first access network equipment to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group (or the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group), then the number of times indicated by the second information Increase the number of times indicated by the second information if other access network devices request the first access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group (or the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group) reduce.
  • the access network device 2 requests the first access network device to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, then the number of times indicated by the second information is increased by 1 and becomes 2. Then, the access network device 3 requests the first access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, and then the number of times indicated by the second information is reduced by 1 and becomes 1.
  • the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the first notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the first notification information may be used to notify the second access network device in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state.
  • the number of terminals This process is similar to that in case 1, and you can refer to the corresponding description in case 1. The difference is that in case 2, the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
  • the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state, or the second notification information may be used to notify the multicast group to leave the inactive state under the second access network device.
  • the number of terminals This process is similar to that in case 1, and you can refer to the corresponding description in case 1. The difference is that in case 2, the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
  • Case 3 The second information is used to indicate the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group.
  • the access network equipment associated with the identification of the multicast group includes the access network equipment that switches the terminals in the multicast group to the inactive state, and the access network equipment in the multicast group that is in the inactive state. Access network equipment within the terminal's RNA.
  • the second information includes the identifier of the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group. Initially, the second information is empty, that is, the second information does not include the identifier of the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group. It can be understood that this application does not limit the form of the second information.
  • the second information may include a list as shown in Table 1 (there may also be lists in other forms), or the second information may include key-value pairs. be restricted.
  • the access network equipment associated with TMGI 1 includes access network equipment 1, access network equipment 2 and access network equipment 3.
  • the access network equipment associated with TMGI2 includes access network equipment 2 and access network equipment 4.
  • the access network equipment associated with TMGI 3 includes access network equipment 3, access network equipment 5 and access network equipment 6.
  • the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the first notification information may be used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the second access network device when the terminal in the multicast group switches to the inactive state and the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network equipment, the second access network device provides the first access network device with the first access network device.
  • the network access device sends the first notification information.
  • the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state under the second access network device, and the RNA of the terminal includes the first access All or part of the coverage area of network equipment.
  • the first access network device updates the second information. For example, the identifier of the first access network device and the identifier of the second access network device are added to the second information.
  • the second access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network device, and If the second access network device has not sent the first notification information before, the second access network device sends the first notification information to the first access network device.
  • the first notification information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
  • the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the second notification information may be used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device.
  • the second access network device does not have a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, and the access network in the RNA of the terminal when in the inactive state If the device includes a first access network device, the second notification information is sent to the first access network device.
  • the terminal in which the second access network device is switched to the inactive state in the multicast group by the second access network device leaves the inactive state, and is released to the inactive state in the multicast group by the second access network device. state, and if the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the first access network equipment, the second notification information is sent to the first access network equipment.
  • the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device. At this time, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, the identifier of the first access network device is deleted from the second information.
  • the first access network device determines that there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group.
  • the associated inactive terminal
  • the second notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data, or included in an MBS session update request message.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S301A and S301B.
  • S301A can be executed first and then S301B
  • S301B can be executed first and then S301A
  • S301A and S301B can be executed simultaneously.
  • any notification information mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be replaced by update information.
  • the first notification information can be replaced by Be the first to update information.
  • the above method also includes the following S300a -One or more steps in S300d, as follows:
  • S300a The first access network device sends third notification information to at least one access network device.
  • At least one access network device receives the third notification information from the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends the third notification information to at least one access network device.
  • the third notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state.
  • the terminal may be switched to the inactive state by the first access network device, or may not be switched to the inactive state by the first access network device. All or part of the differences in the coverage area of at least one access network device are included in the RNA of the one terminal.
  • the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the terminal is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device. All or part of the differences in the coverage area of at least one access network device are included in the RNA of the terminal.
  • the first access network device switches the first terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and sends the third notification information to the access network device in the RNA of the first terminal.
  • the first access network device when the first access network device has not sent the third notification information to at least one access network device, the first access network device sends the third notification information to at least one access network device.
  • Three notification messages when the first access network device has not sent the third notification information to at least one access network device, the first access network device sends the third notification information to at least one access network device.
  • the above-mentioned second access network device may be included in at least one access network device, or may not be included in at least one access network device, without limitation.
  • the third communication information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
  • At least one access network device may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device.
  • the process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
  • the method shown in Figure 3B also includes the following steps:
  • S300b The first access network device sends fourth notification information to at least one access network device.
  • At least one access network device receives the fourth notification information from the first access network device.
  • the fourth notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
  • all or part of the coverage area of at least one access network device is not included in the multicast group and is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device, and is currently still inactive.
  • the first access network device sends fourth notification information to at least one access network device.
  • the fourth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
  • At least one access network device may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device.
  • the process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
  • the method shown in Figure 3B further includes the following steps:
  • the first access network device sends the fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device.
  • the access network devices other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device receive the fifth notification information from the first access network device.
  • the fifth notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
  • the first access network device after receiving a message from a third access network device for requesting the context of the first terminal, the first access network device removes the third access network device from at least one access network device.
  • the access network equipment other than the access network device sends the fifth notification information.
  • the first access network device receives a message from the third access network device for requesting the context of the first terminal, it is accessed by the first terminal in the multicast group.
  • the device switches to the inactive state, and the RNA of each terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device other than the third access network device. , sending the fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device.
  • the fifth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
  • the access network devices in the at least one access network device except the third access network device may update the at least one access network device except the third access network device.
  • Second information maintained by external access network equipment The process of updating the second information by the access network devices other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
  • the method shown in Figure 3B also includes the following steps:
  • the first access network device sends sixth notification information to at least one access network device.
  • at least one access network device receives the sixth notification information from the first access network device.
  • the sixth notification information may be used to notify the number of terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the quantity is 0, or the sixth notification information may be used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
  • the sixth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
  • At least one access network device may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device.
  • the process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
  • any access network device in the above-mentioned S300a-S300d can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 by calling the application code stored in the memory 203.
  • the embodiment of the present application is This does not impose any restrictions.
  • the multicast communication method may include the following steps:
  • the terminal 103 joins the multicast group through the access network device 101.
  • the terminal 103 joins the multicast group through the process shown in S11-S13 above.
  • the access network device 101 will The number indicated by the first information in the access network device 101 is increased by one.
  • the access network device 101 indicates the first information in the access network device 101 Add 1 to the quantity.
  • the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group.
  • the first information indicates that the access network device 101 stores the context of the terminal in the multicast group.
  • the access network device 101 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
  • the access network device 101 sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal 103.
  • the terminal 103 receives the RRC connection release message from the access network device.
  • the access network device 101 sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal 103.
  • the auxiliary information may include at least one of the following: a registration area (RA) of the terminal 103, a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter of the terminal 103, and an extended idle mode DRX parameter (extended idle mode) of the terminal 103. DRX values) or periodic registration update timer (Periodic Registration Update timer).
  • the RRC connection release message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103 and the RNA information of the terminal 103.
  • the RNA information includes the identity of the cell of the access network device 102 and the identity of the cell of the access network device 105. That is, the RNA of the terminal 103 includes the cell and access number of the access network device 102. Network equipment 105 of the cell.
  • S402 can also be executed after S403.
  • the access network device 101 decrements the number of first information indications in the access network device 101 by 1.
  • the access network device 101 does not modify the first information.
  • the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group.
  • the access network device 101 deletes the identification of the terminal 103 from the first information.
  • the access network device 101 sends the first notification information to the access network device 102 and the access network device 105.
  • the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 receive the first notification information from the access network device 101.
  • the first notification information also includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the multicast group (such as TMGI), area information , the I-RNTI of the terminal 103 or the context of the terminal 103.
  • the context of the terminal 103 may include information about the PDU session of the terminal 103 .
  • the information of the PDU session of the terminal 103 may include the PDU session identifier of the terminal 103, the QoS information of the PDU session of the terminal 103 (for example, 5QI, ARP wait).
  • the first notification information may include the identifier of a multicast group; if the terminal 103 joins multiple multicast groups, the first notification information may Contains the identifiers of multiple multicast groups.
  • the area information is used to indicate the RNA of the terminal 103, or to indicate the area of the access network device 102 included in the RNA of the terminal 103, or to indicate the area of the access network device 105 included in the RNA of the terminal 103. .
  • the area information included in the first notification information sent to the access network device 102 includes RNA information, or includes the identification of the cell of the access network device 102 included in the RNA of the terminal 103.
  • the area information included in the first notification information sent to the access network device 105 includes RNA information, or includes the identification of the cell of the access network device 105 included in the RNA of the terminal 103.
  • the first notification information may trigger the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 to establish a multicast session context for the multicast group. If the access network device 102 does not establish the context of the multicast session for the multicast group, that is, the access network device 102 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, the access network device 102 establishes the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102. The context of the multicast session. Similarly, if the access network device 105 does not establish the context of the multicast session for the multicast group, that is, the access network device 105 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105, the access network device 105 establishes access. The context of the multicast session of the network device 105.
  • the access network device 101 if the access network device 101 does not trigger the access network device 102 to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, the access network device 101 sends a first notification to the access network device 102. information. Similarly, if the access network device 101 does not trigger the access network device 105 to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105, the access network device 101 sends the first notification information to the access network device 105.
  • the access network device 101 updates the second information in the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 101 adds the number indicated by the second information. 1. For case 2 (the second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used), the access network device 101 adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information. For case 3 (the second information is used to indicate the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group), the access network device 101 adds its own identifier to the second information.
  • the terminal 103 may receive multicast data corresponding to the multicast group in the RNA of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 102 updates the second information in the access network device 102 according to the first notification information
  • the access network device 105 updates the second information in the access network device 105 according to the first notification information.
  • the following takes the access network device 102 to update the second information according to the first notification information as an example.
  • the process of the access network device 105 updating the second information according to the first notification information is the same as the access network device 102 updating the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the process of the second information is similar and will not be described again.
  • the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or an initial state, or the access network device 102
  • the device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or an initial state, and adds 1 to the number of terminals indicated by the second information.
  • the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or initial state, or the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or initial state, and adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information.
  • the access network device 102 adds the identification of the access network device 102 to the second information.
  • the access network device 102 may determine whether the access network device associated with the multicast group includes the identification of the access network device 102. If not, the access network device 102 adds its own identification to the second information, If included, the access network device 102 may perform no operation; or, the access network device 102 directly adds its own identifier to the second information.
  • the access network device 102 and/or the access network device 105 sends a response message to the access network device 101 to indicate to the access network device 101 whether the context of the multicast session is successfully established.
  • the response message may include the identification of the multicast session that failed to be established and its corresponding resource information (for example, QoS flow information, etc.).
  • the access network device 101 sends indication information to the terminal 103.
  • the indication information includes the identification of the multicast session that failed to be established and the information of its corresponding resources. In this way, after receiving the indication information, the terminal 103 can determine that the multicast data cannot be received within the coverage area of the access network device 102 and/or the access network device 105 .
  • the terminal 103 restores the connection state under the access network device 101.
  • the terminal 103 restores the connection state under the access network device 102.
  • the terminal 103 restores the connection state under the access network device 102.
  • the specific process please refer to S405B-S407B.
  • S405A The terminal 103 sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 101 receives the RRC connection recovery request message from the terminal 103.
  • the RRC connection recovery request message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 101 increases the number indicated by the first information in the access network device 101 by 1.
  • the access network device 101 does not modify the first information.
  • the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group.
  • the access network device 101 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
  • the access network device 101 decrements the number of second information indications by 1. For case 2, the access network device 101 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1. For case 3, the access network device 101 can delete its own identity from the second information.
  • the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 102 and the access network device 105.
  • the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 receive the second notification information from the access network device 101.
  • the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 101 and is currently in the inactive state does not include access network equipment. 102
  • the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 102.
  • the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 105.
  • the multicast group includes terminal 103 and terminal 104.
  • Terminal 103 returns to the connected state under the access network device 101.
  • Terminal 104 is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 101 and is currently still inactive.
  • the access network equipment 101 sends the second notification information to the access network equipment 105, but does not Send the second notification information to the access network device 102.
  • the access network equipment 101 sends the second notification information to the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105.
  • the access network equipment 101 does not send the second notification information to the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105.
  • the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal 104 includes the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105
  • the access network equipment 101 does not send the second notification information to the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105.
  • the access network device 101 obtains the context of the terminal 103 according to the I-RNTI value provided by the terminal 103 (for example, the context of the terminal stored locally and indexed by the I-RNTI).
  • the context of terminal 103 includes RNA information of terminal 103 .
  • the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the corresponding access network device (in this example, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105) according to the RNA information of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the corresponding access network device (in this example, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105) according to the RNA information of the terminal 103, which may be the access network device.
  • the 101 parses out the corresponding base station according to the cell information (such as NR Cell ID) contained in the RNA information (can be parsed according to the preconfiguration, or can be parsed according to some fields of the cell identification), and sends the second notification information to the corresponding base station.
  • the cell information such as NR Cell ID
  • the RNA information can be parsed according to the preconfiguration, or can be parsed according to some fields of the cell identification
  • the second notification information is included in the MBS session update request message.
  • the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 update the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the access network device 102 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 102 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 102 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 102 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 102 may delete its own identity from the second information.
  • the access network device 105 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 105 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 105 can delete its own identity from the second information.
  • S405B The terminal 103 sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the access network device 102.
  • the access network device 102 receives the RRC connection recovery request message from the terminal 103.
  • the RRC connection recovery request message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 102 increases the number indicated by the first information in the access network device 102 by 1.
  • the access network device 102 does not modify the first information.
  • the access network device 102 queries that it has not stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group, and the first information indicates that the access network device has not stored the context of the terminal in the multicast group.
  • the access network device 102 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
  • the access network device 102 decrements the number of second information indications by 1. For case 2, the access network device 102 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1. For case 3, the access network device 102 may delete its own identity from the second information.
  • the access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 101 and the access network device 105.
  • the access network device 101 and the access network device 105 receive the second notification information from the access network device 102.
  • the access network device in the RNA of any terminal that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 102 in the multicast group and is currently in the inactive state does not include the access network.
  • the access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 101.
  • the access network device in the RNA of any terminal in the inactive state that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 102 and is currently in the inactive state does not include the access network device.
  • the access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 105.
  • the access network device 102 sends a context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 to the access network device 101.
  • the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
  • the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 also includes the identification of the multicast group.
  • the access network device 101 After receiving the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 sends the context of the terminal 103 to the access network device 102. Subsequently, the access network device 101 deletes the context of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 101 decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1.
  • the access network device 101 After the access network device 101 deletes the context of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 cannot query the context of the terminal 103. If the access network device 101 does not store the context of other terminals in the multicast group, , then the first information indicates that the context of the terminal in the multicast group is not stored in the access network device 101.
  • the access network device 102 may not send the second notification message to the access network device 105. Instead, after receiving the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 sends the second notification message to the access network device 103. Device 105 sends a message. This message may notify the access network device 105 that a terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state.
  • this message is an MBS session update request message.
  • the MBS session update request message may include at least one of the following: RNA information, an identification of the multicast group, or the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
  • the access network device 101 and the access network device 105 update the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the access network device 101 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 101 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 101 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 101 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 101 can delete its own identity from the second information.
  • the access network device 105 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 105 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 105 can delete its own identity from the second information.
  • the access network device 101 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 101.
  • One possible implementation is that when the last terminal connected to the access network device 101 in the multicast group leaves the access network device 101, and there is no inactive state associated with the access network device 101 in the multicast group When the terminal is terminated, the access network device 101 releases the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101; otherwise, the access network device 101 does not release the context of the multicast session.
  • the access network device 101 releases the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101, the access network device 101 sends a multicast session leave message to the second network device, and/or the access network device 101 sends a multicast session leave message to the second network device.
  • the first network device sends a request message.
  • the access network device 102 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 102.
  • the access network device 105 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 105.
  • the actions of the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in the above-mentioned S401-S410 can be performed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 to call the application program stored in the memory 203. Code is executed, and the embodiments of this application do not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 103 can leave the access network device in the multicast group in which the last terminal connected to the access network device , and if there is no inactive terminal associated with the access network device in the multicast group, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
  • the multicast communication method may include the following steps:
  • S501 The second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device may be any access network device in the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1, for example, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in Figure 1 .
  • Multicast sessions can be used to transmit multicast data corresponding to multicast groups.
  • the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device through the process shown in S11-S13. That is: the terminal joins the multicast group through the second access network device.
  • the first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device.
  • the second message may be used to request the establishment of a context for a multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device After receiving the second message, the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the first access network device is an access network device different from the second access network device in the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the second access network device is the access network device 101 in Figure 1
  • the first access network device is the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in Figure 1.
  • the terminal joins the multicast group through the first access network device, enters the inactive state under the first access network device, and the access network device in the terminal's RNA includes the second access network device, Then, the first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device to trigger the second access network device to establish the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • S502 The first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the first message from the first access network device.
  • the first message may be used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
  • One possible implementation manner is that a terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state under an access network device other than the second access network device, and the first access network device sends the second access network device to the second access network device. A message.
  • the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
  • the third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the first access network device is in the multicast group.
  • the third access network device returns to the connected state, or the third message is used to request the first access network device to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device, then the first access network device sends the context to the second access network device.
  • the device sends the first message.
  • One possible implementation is that if the RNA of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device and is still in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of the second access network device , the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
  • S503 The second access network device releases the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device determines that the last terminal connected to the second access network device in the multicast group leaves the second access network device, and there is no connection with the second access network device in the multicast group. For an inactive terminal associated with the access network device, the second access network device releases the context of the multicast session of the second access network device. Specifically, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the method shown in FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, or FIG. 4, which will not be described again here.
  • the actions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the above-mentioned S501-S503 can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 by calling the application program code stored in the memory 203,
  • the embodiments of this application do not do anything about this What restrictions.
  • the second access network device may receive a message from the first access network device indicating to release the context of the multicast session. message, according to which the context of the multicast session is promptly released.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the access network equipment can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the access network equipment.
  • inventions of the present application also provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the first access network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above first access network device, or may be used for the first access network device.
  • a component of the network access equipment; alternatively, the communication device may be the second access network equipment in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above second access network equipment, or may be a component that can be used in the second access network equipment.
  • the above-mentioned first access network device or second access network device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the above only takes access network equipment as an example to describe the interaction between various network elements.
  • the processing performed by the above access network equipment is not limited to being performed by only a single network element.
  • the processing performed by the access network device may be performed by at least one of a central unit (central unit, CU), a distributed unit (DU), and a remote unit (RU), respectively.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the first access network device or the second access network device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more Functions are integrated in a processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 60 .
  • the communication device 60 includes a processing module 601.
  • the communication device also includes a transceiver module 602.
  • the processing module 601 which may also be called a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than sending and receiving operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor.
  • the transceiver module 602, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, transceiver, transceiver, or communication interface.
  • the communication device 60 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 6) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 60 is used to implement the functions of an access network device (such as a first access network device, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105).
  • the communication device 60 is, for example, the first access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • Device 105 is, for example, the first access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processing module 601 is used to determine that the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60, and there is no inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group. terminal.
  • the processing module 601 may be used to perform S301.
  • the processing module 601 is also used to release the context of the multicast session of the communication device 60 .
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the processing module 601 can also be used to perform S302.
  • the transceiver module 602 is configured to send a request message to the first network device.
  • the request message is used to request the release of the multicast session; the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive a response message from the first network device. , the response message is used to respond to the request message.
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a multicast session leave message to the second network device.
  • the multicast session leave message is used to trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device.
  • the multicast session of the network device is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60.
  • Setting 60 includes: the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the communication device 60; or, the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group The last terminal is switched to an access network device other than the communication device 60 .
  • the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information of the terminals in the connected state associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, the communication device in the multicast group. 60 The last terminal connected leaves the communication device 60 .
  • the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the communication device 60 and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate that the communication The number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the device 60 .
  • the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, that there is no connection with the multicast group.
  • the communication device 60 is associated with an inactive terminal.
  • the inactive terminals associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group include: terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 in the multicast group; and a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by access network equipment other than the communication device 60, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes the terminal in the coverage area of the communication device 60 All or part of the area.
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive first notification information from the second access network device, where the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to a non- Active state, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that there is a terminal switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group
  • the number of terminals in the group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device; the processing module 601 is also configured to update the second information according to the first notification information.
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive second notification information from the second access network device, where the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the active state, or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast The number of terminals in the group that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; the processing module 601 is also configured to update the second information according to the second notification information.
  • the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the multicast session. The number of times the context is used.
  • the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine that there are no terminals in the multicast group when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero. There is an inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 .
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send third notification information to at least one access network device if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state.
  • the third notification The information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 .
  • the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the communication device 60 .
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a fourth message to the at least one access network device when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the communication device 60 .
  • Notification information the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, the transceiver module 602 is also used to notify the first terminal to leave the active state from the third access network device.
  • send fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device in the at least one access network device, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group Leave the inactive state.
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a message to the at least one terminal in the multicast group when the last terminal among the terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 leaves the inactive state.
  • the access network equipment sends sixth notification information, the sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 is 0, or the sixth notification information is used to notify It is notified that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 .
  • the access network device 101 When used to implement the functions of the first access network device, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105, for other functions that the communication device 60 can implement, please refer to Figure 3A or Figure 3B
  • the embodiment shown or the method shown in Figure 4 implements The relevant introduction of the embodiment will not be described in detail.
  • the communication device 60 is used to implement the function of the second access network device.
  • the communication device 60 is, for example, the second access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the processing module 601 is used to establish the context of the multicast session of the communication device 60 .
  • the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the processing module 601 may be used to perform S501.
  • the transceiver module 602 is configured to receive the first message from the first access network device.
  • the first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
  • the transceiver module 602 may be used to perform S502.
  • the processing module 601 is also used to release the context of the multicast session.
  • the processing module 601 may be used to perform S503.
  • the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the communication device 60 to establish the context of the multicast session.
  • the processing module 601 is specifically configured to be used when the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60 and there is no communication with the communication device 60 in the multicast group.
  • the processing module 601 is specifically configured to be used when the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60 and there is no communication with the communication device 60 in the multicast group.
  • the device 60 is associated with an inactive terminal, the context of the multicast session is released.
  • the communication device 60 can take the form shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the processor 201 in Figure 2 can cause the communication device 60 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 601 and the transceiver module 602 in Figure 6 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 601 in Figure 6 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 602 in Figure 6 can be implemented by Figure 6 It is implemented by the communication interface 204 in 2.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 70 .
  • the communication device 70 includes a transceiver module 701.
  • the transceiver module 701 which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations.
  • it may be a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the communication device 70 is used to implement the function of the first access network device.
  • the communication device 70 is, for example, the first access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send the second message to the second access network device.
  • the second message is used to request the establishment of a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the transceiving module 701 is also configured to send a first message to the second access network device, where the first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
  • the transceiver module 701 is specifically used to notify the radio access network notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device and is currently in the inactive state. does not include the coverage area of the second access network device, and sends the first message to the second access network device; or, the transceiver module 701 is specifically used to:
  • the third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the communication device returns to the connected state on the third access network device, or the third message is used to indicate The communication device is requested to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device and the first message to the second access network device.
  • the communication device 70 may take the form shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the processor 201 in Figure 2 can cause the communication device 70 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 701 in Figure 7 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 701 in Figure 7 can be implemented through the communication interface 204 in Figure 2 .
  • the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
  • the processor can be built into an SoC (System on a Chip) or ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip.
  • SoC System on a Chip
  • ASIC Application Specific integrated circuit
  • the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA), PLD (programmable logic device) , or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the hardware can be a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, Any one or any combination of SoC, FPGA, PLD, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators or non-integrated discrete devices, which can run the necessary software or not rely on software to perform the above method flow.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface.
  • the at least one processor is coupled to the memory through the interface.
  • the at least one processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory
  • the chip system further includes a memory.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program.
  • the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments. .
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the aforementioned embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the above-mentioned communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), a secure digital (SD) card equipped on the above-mentioned communication device, Flash card, etc.
  • SMC smart media card
  • SD secure digital
  • the computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the communication device and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device.
  • the above-mentioned computer-readable storage media can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program.
  • the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as computers, processors, access network equipment, mobility management network elements or session management network elements, etc.).
  • the program may be stored in the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium or in the above-mentioned computer program product.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the first access network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3A or Figure 3B.
  • the communication system also includes: the first network device and/or the second network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3A.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the access network device 101, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4.
  • the communication system also includes: the terminal 103 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a first access network device and a second access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can be It can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and discloses a multicast communication method and apparatus. In the method, an access network device determines that the last terminal connected to the access network device in a multicast group leaves the access network device and there is no terminal in an inactive state associated with the access network device in the multicast group, and the access network device releases the context of a multicast session of the access network device. In this way, the context of a multicast session corresponding to a multicast group can be released in time while it is ensured that a terminal in the multicast group receives multicast data, so as to save resources.

Description

多播通信方法及装置Multicast communication method and device
“本申请要求于2022年8月9日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210950564.6、发明名称为“多播通信方法及装置”的专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中”。"This application claims priority to the patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on August 9, 2022, with the application number 202210950564.6 and the invention title "Multicast Communication Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. ".
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及多播通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to multicast communication methods and devices.
背景技术Background technique
在通信系统中,在接入网设备将多播群组中的终端从无线资源控制连接(radio resource control connected,RRC-connected)状态(以下简称连接态)切换到无线资源控制非激活(radio resource control inactive,RRC-inactive)状态(以下简称非激活态)后,该终端可能会发生移动,例如,从该接入网设备的覆盖区域移动到另一个接入网设备的覆盖区域。由于另一个接入网设备未建立该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,因此,该终端无法通过另一个接入网设备接收到该多播群组的多播数据。In the communication system, the access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group from the radio resource control connected (RRC-connected) state (hereinafter referred to as the connected state) to the radio resource control inactive (radio resource control control inactive, RRC-inactive) state (hereinafter referred to as inactive state), the terminal may move, for example, from the coverage area of the access network device to the coverage area of another access network device. Since another access network device has not established the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, the terminal cannot receive the multicast data of the multicast group through another access network device.
为了解决上述问题,提出了一种解决方案:在一定区域内的多个接入网设备都建立该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。但是,该解决方案引入了一个新的技术问题,即当该终端从非激活态恢复到连接态时,该一定区域中的接入网设备如何维护该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。In order to solve the above problem, a solution is proposed: multiple access network devices in a certain area establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. However, this solution introduces a new technical problem, that is, when the terminal returns from the inactive state to the connected state, how does the access network device in a certain area maintain the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group? .
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供多播通信方法及装置,使得当多播群组中的终端从非激活态恢复到连接态时,接入网设备能够及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。Embodiments of the present application provide multicast communication methods and devices, so that when a terminal in a multicast group returns from an inactive state to a connected state, the access network device can promptly release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. .
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above objectives, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种多播通信方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为第一接入网设备;也可以为应用于第一接入网设备中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为第一接入网设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,释放该第一接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。其中,该多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。本申请实施例中,多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,还可以替换成其他的描述方式,例如,第一接入网设备的覆盖区域与多播群组中任意一个终端的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)通知区(RAN notification area,RNA)均不存在交集,或者第一接入网设备的覆盖区域未包括在多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA中,或者多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备不包括第一接入网设备,或者第一接入网设备的覆盖区域与多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA均没有共同的小区或追踪区域,或者多播群组中的任意一个终端的RNA对应的小区或追踪区域均不属于第一接入网设备。In a first aspect, a multicast communication method is provided. The communication device that executes the method may be a first access network device; it may also be a module applied in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system. The following description takes the execution subject as the first access network device as an example. The method includes: determining that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and there is no terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. The inactive terminal releases the context of the multicast session of the first access network device. The multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. In the embodiment of the present application, there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. It can also be replaced by other description methods, for example, the coverage area of the first access network device and the multicast group There is no intersection between the radio access network (RAN) notification area (RNA) of any terminal in the multicast group, or the coverage area of the first access network device is not included in the multicast group. The access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group, or the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group does not include the first access network equipment, or the coverage area of the first access network equipment is not the same as that in the multicast group. The RNA of any terminal does not have a common cell or tracking area, or the cell or tracking area corresponding to the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group does not belong to the first access network device.
基于上述第一方面提供的方法,在多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备,且多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,第一接入网设备释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,这样,不但能够确保多播群组中的终端接收到多播数据,还能够使得接入网设备及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以节省资源。Based on the method provided in the first aspect, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group. In the case of an inactive terminal associated with the device, the first access network device releases the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. In this way, it can not only ensure that the terminal in the multicast group receives the multicast data, but also ensure that the terminal in the multicast group receives the multicast data. It can also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息,以触发释放第二网络设备的多播会话的上下文。其中,第二网络设备可以是AMF网元、MB-SMF网元、UPF网元或除第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending a multicast session leave message to the second network device to trigger release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device. The second network device may be an AMF network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or an access network device other than the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以触发第二网络设备释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the second network device can be triggered to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在确定多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端之后, 该方法还包括:向第一网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求释放所述多播会话;在释放该第一接入网设备的多播会话的上下文之前,该方法还包括:接收来自该第一网络设备的响应消息,该响应消息用于响应该请求消息。其中,第二网络设备可以是AMF网元、MB-SMF网元、UPF网元或除第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备。In a possible implementation, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the determined multicast group leaves the first access network device, and there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group. After the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device, The method further includes: sending a request message to the first network device, the request message being used to request the release of the multicast session; before releasing the context of the multicast session of the first access network device, the method further includes: receiving A response message from the first network device, the response message being used to respond to the request message. The second network device may be an AMF network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or an access network device other than the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,可以使得第一网络设备释放多播群组对应的多播会话。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the first network device can be caused to release the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备,包括:该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端被该第一接入网设备从该多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端切换到除该第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备。In a possible implementation, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, including: the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group The last terminal connected to the network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the first access network device; or the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group is switched to except Access network equipment other than the first access network equipment.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端被第一接入网设备从多播会话的上下文中删除的情况下,第一接入网设备确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。或者,在多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端切换到除第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备的情况下,第一接入网设备确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the first access network device, the first access network device Determine that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device. Or, in the case where the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group switches to an access network device other than the first access network device, the first access network device determines the multicast group The last terminal in the group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,确定多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备,包括:根据该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备。In a possible implementation, determining that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device includes: based on the connection between the multicast group and the first access network device. The first information of connected terminals associated with the access network device determines that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端是否离开了第一接入网设备。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the first access network device may determine, based on the first information of the connected terminal in the multicast group associated with the first access network device, the first access network device in the multicast group. Whether the last terminal connected to the device has left the first access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息用于指示该多播群组中,与该第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,或者,该第一信息用于指示该第一接入网设备中存储的该多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量,或者,该第一信息用于指示该第一接入网设备中是否存储该多播群组中的终端的上下文。In a possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate Indicates the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device, or the first information is used to indicate whether the first access network device stores the context of the terminals in the multicast group. The context of the terminal.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可根据多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端是否离开了第一接入网设备。或者,第一接入网设备可根据第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量,确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端是否离开了第一接入网设备。或者,第一接入网设备可根据第一接入网设备中是否存储该多播群组中的终端的上下文,确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端是否离开了第一接入网设备。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the first access network device can determine the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in the connected state. Whether the last terminal connected to the network device has left the first access network device. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is based on the number of contexts of the terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device. Left the first access network device. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group has left based on whether the context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in the first access network device. The first access network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,确定该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:根据该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, determining that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes: The second information about the inactive terminal associated with the device determines that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可以根据多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定多播群组中是否存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the first access network device may determine whether there is a connection with the first access network device in the multicast group based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:在该多播群组中由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端;以及在该多播群组中由除该第一接入网设备之外的其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且该终端的无线接入网通知区包括该第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。In a possible implementation, the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes: the first access network device switches to A terminal in an inactive state; and a terminal in an inactive state that is switched to an inactive state by an access network device other than the first access network device in the multicast group, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes All or part of the coverage area of the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在第一接入网设备将多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态的情况下,第一接入网设备可确定该终端为多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。或者,在该多播群组中由除第一接入网设备之外的其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且该终端的无线接入网通知区包括第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域的情况下,第一接入网设备可确定该终端为多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。即上述可能的实现方式提供了第一接入网设备确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的方法。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the first access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group to the inactive state, the first access network device may determine that the terminal is in the multicast group and is not connected to the first terminal in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment. Or, a terminal in the multicast group is switched to an inactive state by an access network device other than the first access network device, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes the first access network device. In the case of all or part of the coverage area, the first access network device may determine that the terminal is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. That is, the above possible implementation manner provides a method for the first access network device to determine the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知 该多播群组中存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量;根据该第一通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving first notification information from the second access network device, the first notification information being used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state. , or the first notification information is used to notify There is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that the second access network device is switched to the inactive state. The number of activated terminals; the second information is updated according to the first notification information.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可在多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态,或者多播群组中存在由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的情况下,更新第二信息。例如,若第二信息指示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量加1。或者,若第二信息指示多播会话的上下文的使用次数,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的次数加1。Based on the above possible implementation, the first access network device can switch the terminals in the multicast group to the inactive state, or there are terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device. In this case, the second information is updated. For example, if the second information indicates the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device adds 1 to the number indicated by the second information. Alternatively, if the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session is used, the first access network device adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中在该第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量;根据该第二通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving second notification information from the second access network device, the second notification information being used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state. , or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast group The number of terminals that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; and update the second information according to the second notification information.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可在多播群组中的终端离开非激活态,或者多播群组中不存在由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的情况下,更新第二信息。例如,若第二信息指示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量减1。或者,若第二信息指示多播会话的上下文的使用次数,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的次数减1。Based on the above possible implementation, the first access network device can leave the inactive state when the terminal in the multicast group, or there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device. In this case, the second information is updated. For example, if the second information indicates the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device decrements the number indicated by the second information by 1. Alternatively, if the second information indicates the number of times of use of the context of the multicast session, the first access network device decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息用于指示该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量,或者,该第二信息用于指示该多播会话的上下文的使用次数。In a possible implementation, the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the The number of times the multicast session's context has been used.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可通过计算多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量,来确定多播群组中是否存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。或者,第一接入网设备可通过计算多播会话的上下文的使用次数,来确定多播群组中是否存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。本申请实施例中,多播会话的上下文的使用次数可以理解为多播会话的上下文被建立的次数。例如,若其他接入网设备请求第一接入网设备建立多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,则多播会话的上下文的使用次数增加,若其他接入网设备请求第一接入网设备释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,则多播会话的上下文的使用次数减少。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the first access network device may determine whether there is a connection with the first access network device in the multicast group by calculating the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminals associated with access network equipment. Alternatively, the first access network device may determine whether there is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group by counting the number of times the context of the multicast session is used. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of times the context of the multicast session is used can be understood as the number of times the context of the multicast session is established. For example, if other access network devices request the first access network device to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, the number of times the context of the multicast session is used increases. If the network device releases the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, the number of times the context of the multicast session is used is reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,根据该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:当该第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零或者该第二信息所指示的次数为零时,确定该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, it is determined based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group that there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group. The inactive terminals associated with the network access device include: when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero, it is determined that there is no connection with the multicast group in the multicast group. An inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零或者该第二信息所指示的次数为零的情况下,第一接入网设备可确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero, the first access network device may determine that the multicast group does not exist with An inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:若多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中存在由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state, sending third notification information to at least one access network device, the third notification information is used to Notify one terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者在多播群组中存在由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的情况下,第一接入网设备可通知至少一个接入网设备,使得至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备根据第三通知信息,更新其维护的多播群组中与其关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when a terminal in the multicast group switches to the inactive state, or when there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device, the first The access network device may notify at least one access network device, so that each access network device in the at least one access network device updates its associated inactive status in the multicast group it maintains based on the third notification information. The second information of the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端为该多播群组中由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在第一接入网设备将多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态的情况下,第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息,以便至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备根据第三通知信息,更新其维护的多播群组中与其关联的非激活态的终端的第二 信息。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the first access network device switches the first terminal in the multicast group to the inactive state, the first access network device sends a third notification to at least one access network device information, so that each access network device in at least one access network device updates the second number of inactive terminals associated with it in the multicast group it maintains based on the third notification information. information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:在第一终端在第一接入网设备下从非激活态恢复到连接态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息,该第四通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态;或者,在第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备中除该第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息,该第五通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the first access network device, sending a fourth notification to the at least one access network device. information, the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, to the at least one access network device Access network devices other than the third access network device among the network devices send fifth notification information, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在第一终端在第一接入网设备下从非激活态恢复到连接态的情况下,第一接入网设备可向至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息,以便至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备根据第四通知信息,更新其维护的多播群组中与其关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息。或者,在第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态的情况下,第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息,以便接收到第五通知信息的接入网设备能够根据第五通知信息,更新其维护的多播群组中与其关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,进而确定是否释放自己为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the first access network device, the first access network device may send the fourth notification information to at least one access network device. , so that each access network device in the at least one access network device updates the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group maintained by it according to the fourth notification information. Or, when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, the first access network device sends the third access network device to the at least one access network device except the third access network device. Five notification information, so that the access network device that receives the fifth notification information can update the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group it maintains based on the fifth notification information, and then determine whether to release itself The context of the multicast session established for the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一终端在第一接入网设备下从非激活态恢复到连接态,并且该多播群组中被该第一接入设备切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入网通知区中不包括至少一个接入网设备的覆盖区域的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息。In a possible implementation, after the first terminal is restored from the inactive state to the connected state under the first access network device, and the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the first access device, And if the radio access network notification area of each terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device, the fourth notification information is sent to the at least one access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,可降低第一接入网设备的信令开销。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the signaling overhead of the first access network device can be reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态,并且该多播群组中被该第一接入设备切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入网通知区中不包括至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备的覆盖区域的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备中除该第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息。In a possible implementation, when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device and is switched to the inactive state by the first access device in the multicast group, it is still in the inactive state. If the radio access network notification area of each terminal in the state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device other than the third access network device, the at least one access network device Access network devices in the device other than the third access network device send the fifth notification information.
基于上述可能的实现方式,可降低第一接入网设备的信令开销。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the signaling overhead of the first access network device can be reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:当该多播群组中由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态时,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量为0,或者,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: when the last terminal among the terminals in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device leaves the inactive state, sending a message to the at least An access network device sends sixth notification information, the sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the first access network device is 0, or the sixth notification information is The notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在多播群组中由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态时,向至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息,以便至少一个接入网设备中的每个接入网设备根据第六通知信息更新其维护的多播群组中与其关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,进而确定是否释放自己为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文。Based on the above possible implementation manner, when the last terminal among the terminals switched to the inactive state by the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the inactive state, the sixth notification information is sent to at least one access network device. , so that each access network device in at least one access network device updates the second information of the inactive terminal associated with it in the multicast group it maintains according to the sixth notification information, and then determines whether to release itself as a multicast The context of the multicast session established by the broadcast group.
第二方面,提供了一种多播通信方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为第二接入网设备;也可以为应用于第二接入网设备中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为第二接入网设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据;接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文;释放该多播会话的上下文。In the second aspect, a multicast communication method is provided. The communication device that executes the method may be a second access network device; it may also be a module applied in the second access network device, such as a chip or a chip system. The following description takes the execution subject as the second access network device as an example. The method includes: establishing a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, the multicast session being used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; receiving a first message from the first access network device, the third A message used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session; releasing the context of the multicast session.
基于上述第二方面提供的方法,第二接入网设备建立了第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文后,可接收来自第一接入网设备的用于指示释放多播会话的上下文的消息,根据该消息及时释放多播会话的上下文。Based on the method provided in the second aspect, after the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device, it may receive a context from the first access network device indicating the release of the multicast session. message, and timely release the context of the multicast session according to the message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自该第一接入网设备的第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该第二接入网设备建立该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the second access network device to establish the context of the multicast session.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备可根据第二消息建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the second access network device can establish the context of the multicast session of the second access network device according to the second message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,释放该多播会话的上下文,包括:当多播群组中与该第二接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第二接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该第二接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端时,释放该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, releasing the context of the multicast session includes: when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the second access network device leaves the second access network device, and the multicast session When there is no inactive terminal associated with the second access network device in the multicast group, the context of the multicast session is released.
基于上述可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备可以在该多播群组中与第二接入网设备连接的最 后一个终端离开该第二接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与第二接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,释放该多播会话的上下文。这样,既可以使得需要为多播群组中的终端发送数据的接入网设备保持该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以确保多播群组中的终端能够接收到多播数据,又可以使得不需要为多播群组中的终端发送数据的接入网设备及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以节省资源。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the second access network device can be connected to the second access network device in the multicast group. When the latter terminal leaves the second access network device and there is no inactive terminal associated with the second access network device in the multicast group, the context of the multicast session is released. In this way, the access network device that needs to send data to the terminals in the multicast group can maintain the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group to ensure that the terminals in the multicast group can receive the multicast data. , and can also cause the access network equipment that does not need to send data to the terminals in the multicast group to promptly release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group to save resources.
第三方面,提供了一种多播通信方法,执行该方法的通信装置可以为第一接入网设备;也可以为应用于第一接入网设备中的模块,例如芯片或芯片系统。下面以执行主体为第一接入网设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于请求建立该第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据;和/或,向该第二接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文。In a third aspect, a multicast communication method is provided. The communication device that executes the method may be a first access network device; it may also be a module applied in the first access network device, such as a chip or a chip system. The following description takes the execution subject as the first access network device as an example. The method includes: sending a second message to a second access network device, the second message being used to request the establishment of a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, the multicast session being used to transmit a multicast group corresponding multicast data; and/or, sending a first message to the second access network device, where the first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
基于上述第三方面提供的方法,第一接入网设备指示第二接入设备建立或释放多播会话的上下文。Based on the method provided in the third aspect, the first access network device instructs the second access device to establish or release the context of the multicast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向该第二接入网设备发送第一消息,包括:若该多播群组中被该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入网通知区中不包括该第二接入网设备的覆盖区域,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息;或者,若该第一接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示该多播群组中被该第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端在该第三接入网设备恢复成连接态,或者,该第三消息用于请求第一接入网设备向第三接入网设备发送该终端的上下文,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息。In a possible implementation, sending the first message to the second access network device includes: if the multicast group is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device and is currently inactive The wireless access network notification area of each terminal in the state does not include the coverage area of the second access network device, sending the first message to the second access network device; or, if the first access network device Receive a third message from a third access network device, the third message is used to indicate that a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device is in the third access network device. Return to the connected state, or the third message is used to request the first access network device to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device, and to send the first message to the second access network device.
基于上述可能的实现方式,在多播群组中被第一接入网设备切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入通知区中不包括第二接入网设备的覆盖区域的情况下,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息,以降低第一接入网设备的信令开销。或者,在接收到第三接入网设备的第三消息后,向第二接入网设备发送第一消息,以通知第二接入网设备多播群组中的一个终端离开了非激活态。Based on the above possible implementation manner, the wireless access notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device and is currently in the inactive state does not include the second access network. In the case of the coverage area of the device, the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device, so as to reduce the signaling overhead of the first access network device. Or, after receiving the third message from the third access network device, send the first message to the second access network device to notify the second access network device that one terminal in the multicast group has left the inactive state. .
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现第一方面提供的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的接入网设备,或者包含上述接入网设备的装置。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A fourth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the first aspect. The communication device may be the access network equipment in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned access network equipment. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块。可选的,该通信装置还包括收发模块。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。该处理模块例如可以为处理器。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In a possible implementation, the communication device may include a processing module. Optionally, the communication device also includes a transceiver module. This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in the above first aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof. The processing module may be, for example, a processor. The transceiver module, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in the above first aspect and any possible implementation thereof. The transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above-mentioned first aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,用于确定多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置,且该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端,处理模块,还用于释放该通信装置的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。In a possible implementation, the processing module is configured to determine that the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, and there is no non-stop terminal associated with the communication device in the multicast group. The activated terminal and processing module are also used to release the context of the multicast session of the communication device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,用于向第一网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求释放该多播会话;收发模块,还用于接收来自该第一网络设备的响应消息,该响应消息用于响应该请求消息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is configured to send a request message to the first network device, where the request message is used to request the release of the multicast session; the transceiver module is also configured to receive a response from the first network device. message, the response message is used to respond to the request message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息,该多播会话离开消息用于触发释放该第二网络设备的多播会话的上下文,该第二网络设备的多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to send a multicast session leave message to the second network device. The multicast session leave message is used to trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device. The multicast session of the second network device is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置,包括:该多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端被该通信装置从该多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,该多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端切换到除该通信装置之外的接入网设备。 In a possible implementation, the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, including: the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group is removed by the communication device It is deleted from the context of the multicast session; or, the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group is switched to an access network device other than the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理模块,具体用于根据该多播群组中与该通信装置关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定该多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置。In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information of the terminal in the connected state associated with the communication device in the multicast group, the communication device in the multicast group. The last terminal left the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息用于指示该多播群组中,与该通信装置连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,或者,该第一信息用于指示该通信装置中存储的该多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量。In a possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the communication device and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate the communication device The number of contexts of terminals in this multicast group stored in .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理模块,具体用于根据该多播群组中与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to determine, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the communication device in the multicast group, that there is no connection with the communication device in the multicast group. An inactive terminal associated with a communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端,包括:在该多播群组中由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端;以及在该多播群组中由除该通信装置之外的其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且该终端的无线接入网通知区包括该通信装置的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。In a possible implementation, the inactive terminals associated with the communication device in the multicast group include: terminals that are switched to the inactive state by the communication device in the multicast group; and A terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by access network equipment other than the communication device, and the wireless access network notification area of the terminal includes all or part of the coverage area of the communication device .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量;该处理模块,还用于根据该第一通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to receive first notification information from the second access network device, where the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to a non- Active state, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that there is a terminal switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group The number of terminals in the group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device; the processing module is also configured to update the second information according to the first notification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于接收来自该第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中在该第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量;该处理模块,还用于根据该第二通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to receive second notification information from the second access network device, where the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the non-unofficial network. active state, or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast The number of terminals in the group that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; the processing module is also configured to update the second information according to the second notification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息用于指示该多播群组中与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端的数量,或者,该第二信息用于指示该多播会话的上下文的使用次数。In a possible implementation, the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the communication device in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals of the multicast session. The number of times the context has been used.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理模块,具体用于当该第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零或者该第二信息所指示的次数为零时,确定该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to determine that there are no terminals in the multicast group when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero. There are inactive terminals associated with the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于若该多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中存在由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to send third notification information to at least one access network device if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state. The third notification The information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端为该多播群组中由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于在该第一终端在该通信装置下从非激活态恢复到连接态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息,该第四通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态;或者,该收发模块,还用于在该第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备中除该第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息,该第五通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to send a fourth notification to the at least one access network device when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the communication device. Information, the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, the transceiver module is also used to when the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device Next, send fifth notification information to the access network equipment other than the third access network equipment in the at least one access network equipment, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave. Inactive state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于当该多播群组中由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态时,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端的数量为0,或者,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also configured to send a message to the at least one interface when the last terminal among the terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device in the multicast group leaves the inactive state. The network access device sends sixth notification information. The sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the communication device is 0, or the sixth notification information is used to notify the There is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现第二方面提供的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的接入网设备,或者包含上述接入网设备的装置。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A fifth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the second aspect. The communication device may be the access network equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned access network equipment. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。该处理模块例如可以为处理器。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/ 或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In a possible implementation, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. This processing module can be used to implement the processing functions in the above second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof. The processing module may be, for example, a processor. The transceiver module, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the transmission and/or transmission in the above second aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof. or receive function. The transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above second aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,用于建立通信装置的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据;收发模块,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文;处理模块,还用于释放该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the processing module is used to establish the context of a multicast session of the communication device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; the transceiver module is used to receive data from the first The first message of the access network device is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session; the processing module is also used to release the context of the multicast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,还用于接收来自该第一接入网设备的第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该通信装置建立该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also configured to receive a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the communication device to establish the context of the multicast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理模块,具体用于当多播群组中与该通信装置连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置,且该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置关联的非激活态的终端时,释放该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to be used when the last terminal connected to the communication device in the multicast group leaves the communication device, and there is no association with the communication device in the multicast group. Releases the context of the multicast session when the terminal is inactive.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现第三方面提供的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的接入网设备,或者包含上述接入网设备的装置。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A sixth aspect provides a communication device for implementing the method provided in the third aspect. The communication device may be the access network equipment in the above third aspect, or a device including the above access network equipment. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以包括收发模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述第三方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In a possible implementation, the communication device may include a transceiver module. The transceiver module, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof. The transceiver module can be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述第三方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above third aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,用于向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于请求建立该第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据;和/或;该收发模块,还用于向该第二接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is configured to send a second message to the second access network device. The second message is used to request the establishment of a context of the multicast session of the second access network device. The multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group; and/or the transceiver module is also used to send a first message to the second access network device, the first message is used to indicate the release of the multicast group. The context of the broadcast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发模块,具体用于若该多播群组中被该通信装置切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入网通知区中不包括该第二接入网设备的覆盖区域,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息;或者,该收发模块,具体用于若该通信装置接收到来自第三接入网设备的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示该多播群组中被该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端在该第三接入网设备恢复成连接态,或者,该第三消息用于请求通信装置向第三接入网设备发送该终端的上下文,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is specifically used to notify the wireless access network notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device and is currently in the inactive state. The coverage area of the second access network device is not included in the second access network device, and the first message is sent to the second access network device; or, the transceiver module is specifically used to: The third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the communication device returns to the connected state on the third access network device, or the third message is used to indicate The communication device is requested to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device and the first message to the second access network device.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;该处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据该指令执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第二接入网设备,或者包含上述第二接入网设备的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置。A seventh aspect provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled to a memory, and after reading instructions in the memory, execute the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instructions. The communication device may be the first access network device in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device; or the communication device may be the second access network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, Or a device including the above-mentioned second access network device; or the communication device may be the first access network device in the above-mentioned third aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned first access network device.
结合上述第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
结合上述第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. Optionally, when the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和接口电路;接口电路,用于接收计算机程序或指令并传输至处理器;处理器用于执行所述计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to receive a computer program or instructions and transmit them to the processor; the processor is used to execute the computer program or instructions to enable the communication The device performs the method described in any of the above aspects.
结合上述第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. Optionally, when the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when run on a computer, the computer can perform the method described in any of the above aspects.
第十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可 以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。A tenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to To perform any of the methods described above.
其中,第四方面至第十方面中任一种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面中不同可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the possible implementation methods in the fourth to tenth aspects can be referred to the technical effects brought by any one of the above-mentioned first to third aspects or different possible implementation methods in any aspect. The technical effects will not be repeated here.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括接入网设备和网络设备,其中,接入网设备用于执行上述第一方面所述的方法,网络设备用于接收来自接入网设备的多播会话离开消息。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes an access network device and a network device, wherein the access network device is used to perform the method described in the first aspect, and the network device is used to receive data from the access network device. Multicast session leave message for network devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备包括核心网设备或者除该接入网设备之外的接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the network device includes a core network device or an access network device other than the access network device.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括用于执行上述第二方面所述的方法的第二接入网设备、以及用于执行上述第三方面所述的方法的第一接入网设备。In a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a second access network device for performing the method described in the second aspect, and a first access network device used for performing the method described in the third aspect. Access network equipment.
可以理解的是,在方案不矛盾的前提下,上述各个方面中的方案均可以结合。It is understandable that, on the premise that the solutions are not inconsistent, the solutions in each of the above aspects can be combined.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为一种通信系统架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture;
图2为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为本申请实施例提供的多播通信方法的流程示意图一;Figure 3A is a schematic flowchart 1 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3B为本申请实施例提供的多播通信方法的流程示意图二;Figure 3B is a schematic flowchart 2 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的多播通信方法的流程示意图三;Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart three of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的多播通信方法的流程示意图四;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart 4 of the multicast communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二。Figure 7 is a schematic second structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在介绍本申请实施例之前,对本申请实施例涉及的技术术语和相关流程进行介绍。可以理解的是,这些介绍是为了让本申请实施例更容易被理解,而不应该视为对本申请实施例所要求的保护范围的限定。Before introducing the embodiments of the present application, the technical terms and related processes involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced. It can be understood that these introductions are to make the embodiments of the present application easier to understand and should not be regarded as limiting the scope of protection required by the embodiments of the present application.
一、连接态、非激活态和无线资源控制空闲(radio resource control idle,RRC-idle)状态(以下简称空闲态)1. Connected state, inactive state and radio resource control idle (RRC-idle) state (hereinafter referred to as idle state)
在连接态下,终端与接入网设备之间有无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接,接入网设备知道该终端在该接入网设备的覆盖区域内,或者进一步的,接入网设备知道该终端在该接入网设备对应的某个小区中,核心网设备知道通过该接入网设备可以找到该终端。终端可以接收来自接入网设备的下行数据和信令,也可以向接入网设备发送上行数据和信令。一个接入网设备的覆盖区域包括该接入网设备能够为终端提供接入服务的区域,也可称为接入网设备的服务覆盖区域或者接入网设备的服务区域。In the connected state, there is a radio resource control (RRC) connection between the terminal and the access network device. The access network device knows that the terminal is within the coverage area of the access network device, or further, accesses The network equipment knows that the terminal is in a cell corresponding to the access network equipment, and the core network equipment knows that the terminal can be found through the access network equipment. The terminal can receive downlink data and signaling from the access network equipment, and can also send uplink data and signaling to the access network equipment. The coverage area of an access network device includes the area in which the access network device can provide access services to terminals, and may also be called the service coverage area of the access network device or the service area of the access network device.
在非激活态下,终端与接入网设备之间无RRC连接,接入网设备可能不知道该终端是否在该接入网设备的覆盖区域内,核心网设备认为终端仍处于连接态(CM-Connected state),终端的下行数据和信令,会和连接态一样,发送给该接入网设备。In the inactive state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal and the access network device. The access network device may not know whether the terminal is within the coverage area of the access network device. The core network device thinks that the terminal is still in the connected state (CM -Connected state), the terminal's downlink data and signaling will be sent to the access network device in the same way as the connected state.
在空闲态下,终端和接入网设备之间无RRC连接,接入网设备不知道该终端的存在,核心网设备可能也不知道通过哪个接入网设备可以找到该终端。In the idle state, there is no RRC connection between the terminal and the access network device. The access network device does not know the existence of the terminal, and the core network device may not know through which access network device the terminal can be found.
二、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)通知区(RAN notification area,RNA)2. Radio access network (RAN) notification area (RAN notification area, RNA)
RNA也可以称为基于RAN的通知区(RAN-based notification area)或RAN通知区域等,不予限制。RNA可以是接入网设备为多播群组中处于非激活态的终端设置的区域,也就是说,多播群组中处于非激活态的终端可对应一个RNA。该RNA可指示多个小区(cell)或至少一个接入网设备,例如,RNA包括多个小区、或小区列表、或跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)或至少一个接入网设备的标识。终端可以在RNA指示的小区内或者指示的接入网设备的覆盖区域内移动而无需与网络交互。若核心网有下行数据或信令需要发送给终端,RNA内的接入网设备可以对终端进行寻呼,使得终端进入连接态来接收该下行数据或信令。RNA can also be called RAN-based notification area or RAN notification area, etc., without limitation. The RNA may be an area set by the access network device for the terminals in the inactive state in the multicast group. That is to say, the terminals in the inactive state in the multicast group may correspond to one RNA. The RNA may indicate multiple cells (cells) or at least one access network device. For example, the RNA includes multiple cells, or a cell list, or a tracking area (TA), or an identification of at least one access network device. The terminal can move within the cell indicated by the RNA or within the coverage area of the indicated access network device without interacting with the network. If the core network has downlink data or signaling that needs to be sent to the terminal, the access network equipment in the RNA can page the terminal so that the terminal enters the connected state to receive the downlink data or signaling.
其中,RNA内的接入网设备可以理解为,该接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域包括在RNA内,或者,可以理解为RNA包括的每个小区所属(或者所对应)的接入网设备。 The access network equipment in the RNA can be understood to mean that all or part of the coverage area of the access network equipment is included in the RNA, or it can be understood to mean that each cell included in the RNA belongs to (or corresponds to) Access network equipment.
例如,若RNA包括小区1、小区2和小区3,其中,小区1和小区2为接入网设备1的小区,小区3为接入网设备2的小区,则RNA内的接入网设备包括接入网设备1和接入网设备2。For example, if RNA includes cell 1, cell 2 and cell 3, where cell 1 and cell 2 are the cells of access network device 1, and cell 3 is the cell of access network device 2, then the access network devices in RNA include Access network equipment 1 and access network equipment 2.
又例如,若RNA包括接入网设备1的TA、接入网设备2的TA和接入网设备3的TA,则RNA内的接入网设备包括接入网设备1、接入网设备2和接入网设备2。For another example, if RNA includes the TA of access network device 1, the TA of access network device 2, and the TA of access network device 3, then the access network devices in the RNA include access network device 1, access network device 2 and access network equipment 2.
又例如,若RNA包括接入网设备1的标识和接入网设备2的标识,则RNA内的接入网设备包括接入网设备1和接入网设备2。For another example, if the RNA includes the identifier of the access network device 1 and the identifier of the access network device 2, then the access network devices in the RNA include the access network device 1 and the access network device 2.
其中,小区可以是新空口小区标识(NR Cell Identity),或者新空口小区全局标识(NR Cell Global Identity),在此做出统一说明,后面不再赘述。Among them, the cell can be the New Radio Cell Identity (NR Cell Identity) or the New Radio Cell Global Identity (NR Cell Global Identity). A unified explanation is given here and will not be repeated later.
三、终端加入多播群组(也可以理解为加入多播群组对应的多播会话)的流程3. The process for a terminal to join a multicast group (which can also be understood as joining the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group)
S11:终端向会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元发送第一请求。S11: The terminal sends the first request to the session management function (SMF) network element.
相应的,SMF网元接收来自终端的第一请求。Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives the first request from the terminal.
其中,第一请求可以用于请求加入多播业务的多播群组,或者加入该多播群组对应的多播会话。第一请求可以包括该多播群组的信息或该多播会话的信息。The first request may be used to request to join a multicast group of the multicast service, or to join a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. The first request may include information for the multicast group or information for the multicast session.
其中,多播群组的信息可以包括多播群组的标识或与多播业务相关的协议地址。The information about the multicast group may include an identifier of the multicast group or a protocol address related to the multicast service.
具体地,多播群组的标识可以用于指示多播群组。具体地,多播群组的标识可以是应用服务器(application server,AS)或第五代(5th generation,5G)核心网为该多播群组分配的临时标识,例如,临时移动群组标识(temporary mobile group identifier,TMGI)。Specifically, the identification of the multicast group may be used to indicate the multicast group. Specifically, the identity of the multicast group may be a temporary identity assigned to the multicast group by the application server (AS) or the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) core network, for example, the temporary mobile group identity ( temporary mobile group identifier (TMGI).
具体地,与多播业务相关的协议地址可以是英特网协议(Internet Protocol,IP)地址,例如,多播数据的IP地址,或与AS连接的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元的IP地址。可选的,多播群组的信息还可以包括与AS连接的UPF网元的端口号。或者多播业务相关的协议地址可以是源特定的多播地址(Source Specific Multicast address)。Specifically, the protocol address related to the multicast service may be an Internet Protocol (IP) address, for example, the IP address of the multicast data, or a user plane function (UPF) network connected to the AS. Yuan’s IP address. Optionally, the multicast group information may also include the port number of the UPF network element connected to the AS. Or the protocol address related to the multicast service can be a source specific multicast address (Source Specific Multicast address).
其中,多播会话的信息可以包括多播群组对应的多播会话的标识。多播会话的标识可以用于标识多播会话。多播群组对应的多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。The multicast session information may include the identification of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. The identifier of the multicast session can be used to identify the multicast session. The multicast session corresponding to the multicast group is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
需要指出的是,在本申请实施例中,多播群组可以替换为多播会话,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the multicast group can be replaced by a multicast session, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
一种可能的实现方式,第一请求包括在非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息中或用户面的加入请求消息中。其中,NAS消息可以是协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话修改请求或PDU会话建立请求等。用户面的加入请求消息可以是因特网组管理协议(internet group management protocol,IGMP)加入消息(IGMP join message)。In a possible implementation, the first request is included in a non-access stratum (NAS) message or a user plane join request message. The NAS message may be a protocol data unit (PDU) session modification request or a PDU session establishment request. The join request message on the user plane may be an Internet group management protocol (IGMP) join message (IGMP join message).
一种可能的实现方式,终端的应用触发终端向SMF网元发送第一请求;或者,终端检测到需要通过多播的方式接收或发送数据的情况下,向SMF网元发送第一请求。In one possible implementation, the terminal application triggers the terminal to send a first request to the SMF network element; or, when the terminal detects that it needs to receive or send data through multicast, it sends the first request to the SMF network element.
S12:SMF网元向接入网设备发送第一消息。S12: The SMF network element sends the first message to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备接收来自SMF网元的第一消息。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first message from the SMF network element.
其中,该第一消息包括多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。The first message includes the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
可选的,第一消息还包括多播群组对应的单播的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(QoS flow)的信息。Optionally, the first message also includes unicast quality of service (QoS flow) information corresponding to the multicast group.
一种可能的实现方式,SMF网元接收到第一请求后,获取多播的信息。例如,SMF网元根据多播群组的标识或多播会话的信息,从多播广播会话管理功能(multicast/broadcast-sessionOne possible implementation method is that after receiving the first request, the SMF network element obtains the multicast information. For example, the SMF network element uses the multicast/broadcast-session management function (multicast/broadcast-session
management function,MB-SMF)网元或统一数据存储库(unified data repository,UDR)网元获取多播的信息。其中,多播的信息可以包括多播会话的QoS信息。SMF网元根据多播的信息生成上述多播会话的上下文。management function (MB-SMF) network element or unified data repository (UDR) network element to obtain multicast information. The multicast information may include QoS information of the multicast session. The SMF network element generates the context of the above multicast session based on the multicast information.
其中,多播会话的上下文将在下面第四点介绍。Among them, the context of multicast sessions will be introduced in the fourth point below.
可选的,SMF网元还根据多播的信息生成多播群组对应的单播的QoS flow信息。Optionally, the SMF network element also generates unicast QoS flow information corresponding to the multicast group based on the multicast information.
S13:接入网设备根据第一消息,建立或修改多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。S13: The access network device establishes or modifies the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group according to the first message.
可以理解的,在S13之后,终端成功加入多播群组,终端可通过该接入网设备接收多播群组的多播数据。It can be understood that after S13, the terminal successfully joins the multicast group, and the terminal can receive multicast data of the multicast group through the access network device.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,接入网设备建立多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文可以理解 为:接入网设备在该接入网设备与UPF网元(例如,多播广播用户面功能网元)之间建立用于传输多播数据的传输通道,或者,接入网设备为该接入网设备与UPF网元之间用于传输多播数据的传输通道分配标识(例如,传输隧道标识)。进一步地,接入网设备可以将该标识发送给MB-SMF网元。MB-SMF网元接收到该标识后,可将该标识发送给UPF网元。It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device establishes the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. For: the access network equipment establishes a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data between the access network equipment and the UPF network element (for example, the multicast broadcast user plane functional network element), or the access network equipment The transmission channel allocation identifier (for example, the transmission tunnel identifier) used to transmit multicast data between the network access device and the UPF network element. Further, the access network device can send the identification to the MB-SMF network element. After receiving the identifier, the MB-SMF network element can send the identifier to the UPF network element.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,传输通道可以替换描述为传输逻辑通道、逻辑通道、通信连接、传输通路、隧道或传输隧道等。多播可以替换为广播(broadcast)、组播(multicast)、多播/广播等术语。It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the transmission channel can be alternatively described as a transmission logical channel, a logical channel, a communication connection, a transmission path, a tunnel or a transmission tunnel, etc. Multicast can be replaced by terms such as broadcast, multicast, and multicast/broadcast.
可以理解的,终端在加入多播群组或者多播会话后,即终端处于连接态,可以接收该多播群组的多播数据。后续,接入网设备可能会释放与终端之间的RRC连接,使得终端切换至非激活态。后续,终端在非激活态接收该多播群组的多播数据。It can be understood that after a terminal joins a multicast group or multicast session, that is, the terminal is in a connected state and can receive multicast data of the multicast group. Subsequently, the access network device may release the RRC connection with the terminal, causing the terminal to switch to an inactive state. Subsequently, the terminal receives the multicast data of the multicast group in the inactive state.
四、多播会话的上下文4. Context of Multicast Session
多播会话的上下文可包括以下信息的一项或多项:多播会话的传输通道的标识信息、多播会话的QoS信息、多播会话的状态信息、MBS的区域标识或多播会话对应的终端的标识信息。The context of a multicast session may include one or more of the following information: the identification information of the transmission channel of the multicast session, the QoS information of the multicast session, the status information of the multicast session, the area identification of the MBS, or the multicast session corresponding Terminal identification information.
其中,多播会话的传输通道的标识信息用于标识多播会话的传输通道,该传输通道可以包括以下至少一种:接入网设备与UPF网元之间的用于传输多播会话对应的多播数据的通道,或者两个接入网设备之间的用于传输多播会话对应的多播数据的通道。具体地,该标识信息可以包括用于多播会话传输的隧道端点标识,如:多播/广播会话隧道端点标识(multicast/broadcast session tunnel endpoint ID,MB session TEID)。The identification information of the transmission channel of the multicast session is used to identify the transmission channel of the multicast session. The transmission channel may include at least one of the following: a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast session between the access network device and the UPF network element. A channel for multicast data, or a channel between two access network devices for transmitting multicast data corresponding to a multicast session. Specifically, the identification information may include a tunnel endpoint identifier used for multicast session transmission, such as: multicast/broadcast session tunnel endpoint ID (MB session TEID).
其中,多播会话的QoS信息可包括用于多播传输的分配和抢占优先级(allocation and retention priority,ARP)信息,和/或,5G QoS流标识(5G QoS Flow ID,5QI)。Among them, the QoS information of the multicast session may include allocation and retention priority (ARP) information for multicast transmission, and/or 5G QoS Flow ID (5QI).
其中,多播会话的状态信息可以用于指示多播会话的状态,如激活状态或去激活状态。MBS的区域标识可以用于标识MBS业务区域(MBS Service Area)。The status information of the multicast session can be used to indicate the status of the multicast session, such as activation status or deactivation status. The MBS area identifier can be used to identify the MBS Service Area.
其中,MBS的区域标识可包括小区标识或追踪区标识。The area identifier of the MBS may include a cell identifier or a tracking area identifier.
其中,多播会话对应的终端的标识信息可以用于指示多播会话对应的终端的标识,如5G系统架构演进-临时移动签约标识(5G-system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity,5G-S-TMSI)等等。Among them, the identification information of the terminal corresponding to the multicast session can be used to indicate the identification of the terminal corresponding to the multicast session, such as 5G-system architecture evolution-temporary mobile subscriber identity (5G-S- TMSI) and so on.
五、多播群组中的终端被切换到非激活态,在非激活态下接收多播数据的流程5. The terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state and the process of receiving multicast data in the inactive state
本申请实施例中,终端被切换到非激活态可以替换为:终端被释放为非激活态、或终端被配置为非激活态等,在此做出统一说明,后面不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, switching the terminal to the inactive state can be replaced by: the terminal is released to the inactive state, or the terminal is configured to the inactive state, etc. A unified explanation is given here and will not be described again.
下面以终端通过接入网设备1加入多播群组,以及接入网设备1成功建立多播会话的上下文为例,介绍多播群组中的终端被切换到非激活态,并在非激活态下接收多播数据的流程。The following takes the context in which a terminal joins a multicast group through access network device 1, and access network device 1 successfully establishes a multicast session as an example to introduce that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state, and in the inactive state The process of receiving multicast data in the state.
S21:接入网设备1向终端发送RRC释放(RRC Release)消息。S21: Access network device 1 sends an RRC Release (RRC Release) message to the terminal.
相应的,终端接收来自接入网设备1的RRC释放消息。Correspondingly, the terminal receives the RRC release message from the access network device 1.
其中,RRC释放消息可以包括释放为非激活态的指示(suspend indication)信息、配置(suspend configuration)信息、RNA信息或非激活无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temporary identifier,I-RNTI)等信息中的一项或多项。Among them, the RRC release message may include information such as suspension indication information, configuration information, RNA information, or inactive radio network temporary identifier (I-RNTI) to be released to the inactive state. one or more items.
其中,释放为非激活态的指示或者配置信息可用于指示将终端切换到非激活状态。RNA信息可用于指示RNA。RNA信息还可以携带在其他消息中发送,不予限制。本例中,RNA信息包括接入网设备1的标识和接入网设备2的标识。Wherein, the indication or configuration information of releasing to the inactive state may be used to instruct the terminal to switch to the inactive state. RNA information can be used to indicate RNA. RNA information can also be carried and sent in other messages without restriction. In this example, the RNA information includes the identifier of access network device 1 and the identifier of access network device 2.
S22:接入网设备1向RNA内除接入网设备1之外的接入网设备(本例中是接入网设备2)发送第二请求。S22: The access network device 1 sends a second request to an access network device other than the access network device 1 in the RNA (access network device 2 in this example).
相应的,RNA内除接入网设备1之外的接入网设备(本例中是接入网设备2)接收来自接入网设备1的第二请求。Correspondingly, the access network device in the RNA other than the access network device 1 (in this example, the access network device 2) receives the second request from the access network device 1.
其中,第二请求可以用于请求为多播群组建立接入网设备2的多播会话的上下文,或者,第二请求可以用于请求建立多播群组对应的传输通道,或者,第二请求可以用于请求发送多播群组对应的多播数据,或者,第二请求可以用于请求处理多播群组对应的多播数据。The second request may be used to request to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2 for the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request the establishment of a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request the establishment of a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group. The request may be used to request to send multicast data corresponding to the multicast group, or the second request may be used to request to process the multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
可以理解的,若RNA信息还包括接入网设备3的标识,则接入网设备1还向接入网设备3 发送请求,以请求为多播群组建立接入网设备3的多播会话的上下文,或者,请求建立多播群组对应的传输通道,或者,请求发送多播群组对应的多播数据,或者,请求处理多播群组对应的多播数据。It can be understood that if the RNA information also includes the identification of the access network device 3, the access network device 1 will also send the access network device 3 Send a request to request to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 3 for the multicast group, or to request to establish a transmission channel corresponding to the multicast group, or to request to send multicast data corresponding to the multicast group, Or, request processing of multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
S23:若接入网设备2未建立接入网设备2的多播会话的上下文,则接入网设备2建立接入网设备2的多播会话的上下文。S23: If the access network device 2 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2, the access network device 2 establishes the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2.
例如,接入网设备2可以与核心网交互,建立接入网设备2的多播会话的上下文。For example, the access network device 2 can interact with the core network to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 2 .
在S23之后,RNA内的接入网设备(本例中为接入网设备1和接入网设备2),都建立了其对应的多播会话的上下文。因此,RNA内的接入网设备都可发送多播数据。After S23, the access network devices in the RNA (access network device 1 and access network device 2 in this example) all establish the context of their corresponding multicast sessions. Therefore, all access network devices within RNA can send multicast data.
可以理解的,在S23之后,终端可能在RNA内的任意一个接入网设备,如接入网设备1或接入网设备2下恢复到连接态。此时,RNA内的接入网设备如何维护其对应的多播会话的上下文仍是一个待解决的问题。It can be understood that after S23, the terminal may return to the connected state under any access network device in the RNA, such as access network device 1 or access network device 2. At this time, how the access network equipment in the RNA maintains the context of its corresponding multicast session is still a problem to be solved.
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供了一种多播通信方法。在该方法中,接入网设备可以在该多播群组中与该接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,释放该多播会话的上下文。这样,不但能够确保多播群组中的终端接收到多播数据,还能够使得接入网设备及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以节省资源。该方法的具体过程将在下述图3A、图3B或图4所示的实施例中进行阐述,在此不做赘述。In order to solve the above problems, embodiments of the present application provide a multicast communication method. In this method, the access network device can leave the access network device when the last terminal connected to the access network device in the multicast group, and there is no connection with the access network device in the multicast group. In the case of an associated inactive terminal, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources. The specific process of this method will be explained in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B or FIG. 4 below, and will not be described again here.
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、Wi-Fi系统、第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统、未来演进的通信系统(如:第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统等)、或多种系统融合的系统等,不予限制。其中,5G还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)。下面以图1所示通信系统10为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。图1仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。The methods provided by the embodiments of this application can be used in various communication systems. For example, the communication system can be a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) communication system, a Wi-Fi system, or a third generation partnership project (3GPP) related system. Communication systems, future evolved communication systems (such as sixth generation (6G) communication systems, etc.), or systems integrating multiple systems, etc., are not restricted. Among them, 5G can also be called new radio (NR). The following uses the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1 as an example to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Figure 1 is only a schematic diagram and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided by this application.
如图1所示,为一种通信系统10的架构示意图。图1中,通信系统10可以包括接入网设备101、接入网设备102、可以与接入网设备101通信的终端103以及可以与接入网设备102通信的终端104。可选的,通信系统10还包括接入网设备105。As shown in Figure 1, it is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system 10. In Figure 1, the communication system 10 may include an access network device 101, an access network device 102, a terminal 103 that can communicate with the access network device 101, and a terminal 104 that can communicate with the access network device 102. Optionally, the communication system 10 also includes an access network device 105.
在图1中,接入网设备可以为终端提供无线接入服务。具体来说,每个接入网设备都对应一个服务覆盖区域,进入该区域的终端可与接入网设备通信,以此来接收接入网设备提供的无线接入服务。可选的,该服务覆盖区域可以包括一个或多个小区。终端与接入网设备之间可以通过Uu口链路通信。其中,Uu口链路可以根据其上传输的数据的方向分为上行链路(uplink,UL)和下行链路(downlink,DL)。UL上可以传输从终端向接入网设备发送的上行数据,DL上可以传输从接入网设备向终端传输的下行数据。In Figure 1, access network equipment can provide wireless access services to terminals. Specifically, each access network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and terminals entering this area can communicate with the access network device to receive wireless access services provided by the access network device. Optionally, the service coverage area may include one or more cells. The terminal and the access network equipment can communicate through the Uu port link. Among them, the Uu interface link can be divided into an uplink (uplink, UL) and a downlink (downlink, DL) according to the direction of data transmitted thereon. The UL can transmit uplink data sent from the terminal to the access network device, and the DL can transmit the downlink data transmitted from the access network device to the terminal.
接入网设备,例如:接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。包括但不限于:LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。接入网设备还可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。接入网设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备、或车载设备等。以下以接入网设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个接入网设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端进行通信。终端可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。本申请实施例中,用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置可以是接入网设备;也可以是能够支持接入网设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在接入网设备中或者和 接入网设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置是接入网设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的方法。The access network device, such as the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105, may be any device with wireless transceiver functions. Including but not limited to: evolutionary base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutionary Node B) in LTE, base station (gNodeB or gNB) or transceiver point (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP) in NR, 3GPP Subsequently evolved base stations, access nodes in Wi-Fi systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc. The base station can be: macro base station, micro base station, pico base station, small station, relay station, or balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations may support networks with the same technology mentioned above, or may support networks with different technologies mentioned above. A base station may contain one or more co-located or non-co-located TRPs. The access network device may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. The access network device may also be a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU). The access network device can also be a server, wearable device, machine communication device, or vehicle-mounted device, etc. The following description takes the access network equipment as a base station as an example. The multiple access network devices may be base stations of the same type or different types of base stations. The base station can communicate with the terminal, or it can communicate with the terminal through the relay station. The terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies. For example, the terminal can communicate with a base station that supports LTE network and a base station that supports 5G network. It can also support dual connections with base stations of LTE network and base stations of 5G network. . In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to realize the function of the access network device may be the access network device; it may also be a device that can support the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system. The device may be installed on the access network device. In the network access device or with The access network equipment is matched and used. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the access network equipment as an access network equipment as an example.
终端,例如:终端103或终端104是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端还可以称为终端设备,终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中或者和终端匹配使用。本申请实施例提供的方法中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例进行描述。A terminal, such as terminal 103 or terminal 104, is a device with wireless transceiver functions. Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); they can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal may also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with wireless communication functions. For example, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver functions. The terminal device can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in driverless driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or a smart terminal. Wireless terminals in the power grid, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device that can support the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system. The device may be installed in the terminal or used in conjunction with the terminal. In the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the functions of the terminal is a terminal as an example for description.
作为示例而非限定,终端可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。例如,可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能的设备。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能的设备,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及包括只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用的设备,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, the terminal may be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. For example, a wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also a device that achieves powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include devices that are full-featured, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as devices that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be integrated with other devices such as Devices used with smartphones, such as various smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for monitoring physical signs.
终端可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请中的终端可以是机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中的终端。本申请的终端可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。The terminal can be a terminal in the Internet of things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-computer interconnection and things. Intelligent network of interconnection of things. The terminal in this application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC). The terminal of this application may be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component , vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit can implement the method of this application.
可选的,图1所示的通信系统还包括与图1中的接入网设备通信的至少一个UPF网元和与图1中的接入网设备通信的至少一个SMF网元(图1中未示出)。Optionally, the communication system shown in Figure 1 also includes at least one UPF network element that communicates with the access network device in Figure 1 and at least one SMF network element that communicates with the access network device in Figure 1 (in Figure 1 not shown).
SMF网元,用于会话管理或会话建立,例如,用于建立多播群组对应的多播会话。The SMF network element is used for session management or session establishment, for example, for establishing a multicast session corresponding to a multicast group.
UPF网元,用于建立多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,或者用于建立UPF网元与其对应的接入网设备之间用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据的传输通道。The UPF network element is used to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or to establish a transmission channel between the UPF network element and its corresponding access network device for transmitting multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. .
图1所示的通信系统10仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统10还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定接入网设备和终端的数量,不予限制。The communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that during specific implementation, the communication system 10 may also include other devices, and the number of access network devices and terminals may also be determined according to specific needs without limitation.
可选的,图1中的各网元或设备(例如,接入网设备等)也可以称之为通信装置,其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备,不作具体限定。Optionally, each network element or device (for example, access network device, etc.) in Figure 1 can also be called a communication device, which can be a general device or a special device, and is not specifically limited.
可选的,图1中的各网元或设备(例如,接入网设备等)的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者硬件与软件的结合,或者平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, the relevant functions of each network element or device (for example, access network device, etc.) in Figure 1 can be implemented by one device, or can be implemented by multiple devices together, or can be implemented by one or more devices within one device. Multiple functional modules are implemented without specific limitations. It can be understood that the above functions can be either network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Function.
在具体实现时,图1中的各网元或设备(例如,接入网设备等)都可以采用图2所示的组成结构,或者包括图2所示的部件。图2所示为可适用于本申请实施例的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置20包括至少一个处理器201和至少一个通信接口204,用于实现本申请各实施例提供的方法。该通信装置20还可以包括通信线路202和存储器203。During specific implementation, each network element or device (for example, access network equipment, etc.) in Figure 1 can adopt the composition structure shown in Figure 2, or include the components shown in Figure 2. FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to embodiments of the present application. The communication device 20 includes at least one processor 201 and at least one communication interface 204, which are used to implement the methods provided by the embodiments of this application. The communication device 20 may also include a communication line 202 and a memory 203 .
处理器201可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程 序执行的集成电路。The processor 201 may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the present application. integrated circuit for program execution.
通信线路202可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。Communication line 202 may include a path, such as a bus, that carries information between the above-mentioned components.
通信接口204,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口204可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、或收发电路等。Communication interface 204 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks. The communication interface 204 can be any device such as a transceiver, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area networks (WLAN) interface, a transceiver, and pins , bus, or transceiver circuit, etc.
存储器203可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路202与处理器201相耦合。存储器203也可以和处理器201集成在一起。其中,存储器通常可以具有非易失性。The memory 203 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or other type that can store information and instructions. A dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other medium for access, but not limited to this. The memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 201 through the communication line 202 . The memory 203 may also be integrated with the processor 201. Among them, the memory can usually be non-volatile.
其中,存储器203用于存储执行本申请各实施例提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器201来控制执行。处理器201用于执行存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请各实施例提供的方法。或者,处理器201执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口204负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,不作具体限定。The memory 203 is used to store computer execution instructions involved in executing solutions provided by various embodiments of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 201 for execution. The processor 201 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203, thereby implementing the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, the processor 201 performs processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 204 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited.
其中,计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,不作具体限定。Among them, the instructions executed by the computer can also be called application codes without specific limitations.
其中,耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。Coupling is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
作为一种实施例,处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图2中的CPU0和CPU1。As an embodiment, the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2 .
作为一种实施例,通信装置20可以包括多个处理器,例如图2中的处理器201和处理器207。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。As an embodiment, the communication device 20 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 207 in FIG. 2 . Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor. A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
作为一种实施例,通信装置20还可以包括输出设备205和/或输入设备206。输出设备205和处理器201耦合,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备205可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备206和处理器201耦合,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备206可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。As an embodiment, the communication device 20 may also include an output device 205 and/or an input device 206. Output device 205 is coupled to processor 201 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 205 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. The input device 206 is coupled to the processor 201 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 206 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
可以理解的,图2中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图2所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It can be understood that the composition structure shown in Figure 2 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in Figure 2, the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or a combination of certain components. components, or different component arrangements.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。下述实施例中的各网元可以具备图2所示部件,不予赘述。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Each network element in the following embodiments may be equipped with the components shown in Figure 2, which will not be described again.
可以理解的是,“传输”可以根据具体的上下文理解为发送和/或接收。“传输”可以是名词,也可以是动词。在不强调动作的执行主体时,常常用“传输”代替发送和/或接收。例如,短语“传输多播数据”,从发送端的角度来看,可以理解为“发送多播数据”,而从接收端的角度来看,可以理解为“接收多播数据”。It is understood that "transmission" may be understood as sending and/or receiving depending on the specific context. "Transfer" can be a noun or a verb. When deemphasizing the subject of the action, "transmission" is often used instead of sending and/or receiving. For example, the phrase "transmit multicast data", from the perspective of the sender, can be understood as "send multicast data", and from the perspective of the receiver, it can be understood as "receive multicast data".
可以理解的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,不作具体限定。It can be understood that in the following embodiments of the present application, the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations without specific limitations.
其中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。此外,类似于“A、B和C中的至少一项”或“A、B或C中的至少一项”的表述通常用于表示如下中任一项:单独存在A;单独存在B;单独存在C;同时存在A和B;同时存在A和C;同时存在B和C;同时存在A、B和C。以上是以A、B和C共三个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目,当表述中具有更多元素时, 该表述的含义可以按照前述规则获得。Among them, "/" can mean that the related objects are in an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" can be used to describe the existence of three relationships between related objects, for example, A And/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C" are often used to mean any of the following: A alone; B alone; alone C exists; A and B exist simultaneously; A and C exist simultaneously; B and C exist simultaneously; A, B, and C exist simultaneously. The above is an example of three elements A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of this project. When there are more elements in the expression, The meaning of this expression can be obtained in accordance with the aforementioned rules.
为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In order to facilitate the description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" may be used to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions. The words "first", "second" and other words do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order. In the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to express examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" shall not be interpreted. To be more preferred or advantageous than other embodiments or designs. The use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner that is easier to understand.
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It will be understood that reference throughout this specification to "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic associated with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referred to the same embodiment throughout this specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
可以理解,在本申请中,“当…时”或“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in this application, "when..." or "if" all mean that corresponding processing will be made under certain objective circumstances. It does not limit the time, and it does not require that there must be a judgment action when implementing it. Nor does it imply the existence of other limitations.
本申请中的“同时”可以理解为在相同的时间点,也可以理解为在一段时间段内,还可以理解为在同一个周期内。“At the same time” in this application can be understood as at the same point in time, within a period of time, or within the same cycle.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application, in certain scenarios, can be implemented independently without relying on other features, such as the solutions they are currently based on, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects. , and can also be combined with other features according to needs in certain scenarios. Correspondingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application can also implement these features or functions, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。It can be understood that the same step or steps with the same function or technical features in the embodiments of the present application can be used as reference between different embodiments.
可以理解的,接入网设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。It can be understood that the access network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps are only examples, and other steps or variations of various steps can also be performed. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiments of the present application.
如图3A所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种多播通信方法,该多播通信方法可以包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 3A, a multicast communication method is provided in an embodiment of the present application. The multicast communication method may include the following steps:
S301:第一接入网设备确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备,且多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。S301: The first access network device determines that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and the multicast group is not associated with the first access network device. of inactive terminals.
S302:第一接入网设备释放多播会话的上下文。S302: The first access network device releases the context of the multicast session.
其中,该多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。The multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
具体地,步骤S302中的释放可以理解为删除,不与限制。Specifically, the release in step S302 can be understood as deletion, not restriction.
其中,S301中的第一接入网设备可以是图1所示通信系统10中的任意一个接入网设备,例如,为图1中的接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105。The first access network device in S301 may be any access network device in the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1, for example, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device in Figure 1. Network equipment 105.
可选的,在S301之前,第一接入网设备为多播群组建立了多播会话的上下文。该多播会话的上下文可以用于第一接入网设备与其对应的UPF网元之间传输多播群组对应的多播数据,或者,该多播会话的上下文可以用于第一接入网设备与除第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备之间传输多播数据。Optionally, before S301, the first access network device establishes a multicast session context for the multicast group. The context of the multicast session may be used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group between the first access network device and its corresponding UPF network element, or the context of the multicast session may be used by the first access network Multicast data is transmitted between the device and access network devices other than the first access network device.
其中,第一接入网设备为多播群组建立了多播会话的上下文可以替换为第一接入网设备建立了多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,或者第一接入网设备为多播群组建立了多播会话的传输通道,或者第一接入网设备建立了多播群组对应的多播会话的传输通道。The context in which the first access network device establishes a multicast session for the multicast group can be replaced by the context in which the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. A transmission channel for the multicast session is established for the multicast group, or the first access network device establishes a transmission channel for the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
可以理解的,如果多播群组中的终端通过不同的接入网设备加入多播群组中,那么这些接入网设备都会为多播群组建立多播会话的上下文。本申请实施例中为了区分不同接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文,将每个接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文称为该接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。例如,若接入网设备1和接入网设备2都为多播群组建立了多播会话的上下文,则接入网设备1为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文称为接入网设备1的多播会话的上下文,接入网设备2为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文称为接入网设备2的多播会话的 上下文。因此,第一接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文还可称为第一接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。在此做出统一说明,后面不再赘述。It can be understood that if terminals in the multicast group join the multicast group through different access network devices, then these access network devices will establish a multicast session context for the multicast group. In the embodiment of this application, in order to distinguish the context of the multicast session established by different access network devices for the multicast group, the context of the multicast session established by each access network device for the multicast group is called the access network. The context of the device's multicast session. For example, if access network device 1 and access network device 2 both establish the context of a multicast session for a multicast group, the context of the multicast session established by access network device 1 for the multicast group is called access. The context of the multicast session of network device 1 and the context of the multicast session established by access network device 2 for the multicast group are called the multicast session of access network device 2. context. Therefore, the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group may also be referred to as the context of the multicast session of the first access network device. A unified explanation is provided here and will not be repeated later.
在一种可选的实现方式中,当多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端被第一接入网设备从多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端切换到除第一接入网设备之外的其他接入网设备(以下简称其他接入网设备)时,第一接入网确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。In an optional implementation, when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the first access network device; or, the multicast group When the last terminal connected to the first access network device switches to other access network devices except the first access network device (hereinafter referred to as other access network devices), the first access network determines the multicast group The last terminal in the group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device.
示例性的,以第一接入网设备为下一代无线接入网络(next generation radio access network,NG-RAN)为例,在切换准备阶段,多播群组中与第一接入网设备(即源NG-RAN)连接的最后一个终端切换到目标NG-RAN时,第一接入网确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。或者,多播群组中与第一接入网设备(即源NG-RAN)连接的最后一个终端切换到目标演进的通用陆地无线接入(网络)(evolved universal terrestrial radio accessFor example, taking the first access network device as a next generation radio access network (NG-RAN), in the handover preparation phase, the multicast group and the first access network device (NG-RAN) That is, when the last terminal connected to the source NG-RAN is switched to the target NG-RAN, the first access network determines that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device. Or, the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device (i.e., the source NG-RAN) switches to the target evolved universal terrestrial radio access (network)
(network),E-UTRAN)时,第一接入网确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。(network), E-UTRAN), the first access network determines that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device.
需要指出的是,多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,还可以有其他替换的描述方式,例如,还可以描述为第一接入网设备的覆盖区域与多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA均不存在交集,或者描述为第一接入网设备的覆盖区域未包括在多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA中,或者描述为多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备不包括第一接入网设备,或者描述为第一接入网设备的覆盖区域与多播群组中任意一个终端的RNA均没有共同的小区或追踪区域,或者描述为多播群组中的任意一个终端的RNA对应的小区或追踪区域均不属于第一接入网设备。It should be pointed out that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. There can also be other alternative description methods. For example, it can also be described as coverage of the first access network device. There is no intersection between the area and the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group, or the coverage area described as the first access network device is not included in the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group, or it is described as a multicast group The access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the group does not include the first access network equipment, or the coverage area described as the first access network equipment does not have a common cell with the RNA of any terminal in the multicast group. Or the tracking area, or the cell or tracking area described as the RNA corresponding to any terminal in the multicast group does not belong to the first access network device.
示例性的,以多播群组包括终端1和终端2,第一接入网设备的小区包括小区1和小区2为例,若终端1的RNA包括小区3和小区4,终端2的RNA包括小区5和小区6,则该多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。若终端1的RNA包括小区1和小区4,终端2的RNA包括小区5和小区6,则该多播群组中存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。若终端1的RNA包括第一接入网设备的标识和接入网设备2的标识,终端2的RNA包括接入网设备2的标识和接入网设备3的标识,则该多播群组中存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。若终端1的RNA包括接入网设备2的TA和接入网设备3的TA,终端2的RNA包括接入网设备2的TA和接入网设备4的TA,则该多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。As an example, take the multicast group including terminal 1 and terminal 2, and the cell of the first access network device including cell 1 and cell 2. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes cell 3 and cell 4, the RNA of terminal 2 includes Cell 5 and Cell 6, then there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes cell 1 and cell 4, and the RNA of terminal 2 includes cell 5 and cell 6, then there is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes the identity of the first access network device and the identity of access network device 2, and the RNA of terminal 2 includes the identity of access network device 2 and the identity of access network device 3, then the multicast group There is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device. If the RNA of terminal 1 includes the TA of access network device 2 and the TA of access network device 3, and the RNA of terminal 2 includes the TA of access network device 2 and the TA of access network device 4, then in the multicast group There is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device.
需要指出的是,S301可以替换为:当多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备时,第一接入网设备确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。进一步地,多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备可以替换为:多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端被第一接入网设备从多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端切换到除第一接入网设备之外的其他接入网设备。It should be pointed out that S301 can be replaced by: when the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, the first access network device determines that there are no terminals in the multicast group. There is an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device. Further, when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, it may be replaced by: the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is left by the first access network device. An access network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session; or, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group is switched to another access network device other than the first access network device. .
基于图3A所示的方法,第一接入网设备在该多播群组中与该第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该第一接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,释放该多播会话的上下文。这样,不但能够确保多播群组中的终端接收到多播数据,还能够使得接入网设备及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以节省资源。Based on the method shown in Figure 3A, the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and the first terminal in the multicast group If there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
可选地,在上述实施例的一种实施场景下,在S301之后,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备向第一网络设备发送请求消息。Optionally, in an implementation scenario of the above embodiment, after S301, the above method further includes: the first access network device sending a request message to the first network device.
相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第一接入网设备的请求消息。Correspondingly, the first network device receives the request message from the first access network device.
其中,该请求消息用于请求释放多播会话。第一网络设备可以是接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、MB-SMF网元、UPF网元或其他接入网设备,不予限制。The request message is used to request the release of the multicast session. The first network device can be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, an MB-SMF network element, a UPF network element or other access network equipment, without limitation.
一种可能的实现方式,在S302之前,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备接收来自第一网络设备的响应消息。 In a possible implementation, before S302, the above method further includes: the first access network device receiving a response message from the first network device.
相应的,第一网络设备向第一接入网设备发送响应消息。Correspondingly, the first network device sends a response message to the first access network device.
其中,该响应消息用于响应该请求消息。该请求消息可以是多播会话释放请求,该响应消息可以是多播会话释放响应,不予限制。The response message is used to respond to the request message. The request message may be a multicast session release request, and the response message may be a multicast session release response, without limitation.
基于上述实施场景提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以在S301中确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备,且多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,向第一网络设备发送该请求消息,并在接收到该响应消息之后释放该多播会话的上下文。Based on the method provided in the above implementation scenario, the first access network device may determine in S301 that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, and the If there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device, the request message is sent to the first network device, and the context of the multicast session is released after receiving the response message.
可选地,在上述实施例的另一种实施场景下,上述方法还包括:第一接入网设备向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息。相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一接入网设备的多播会话离开消息。Optionally, in another implementation scenario of the above embodiment, the above method further includes: the first access network device sending a multicast session leave message to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the multicast session leave message from the first access network device.
其中,第二网络设备可以是核心网设备或其他接入网设备。该核心网设备为AMF网元、MB-SMF网元或UPF网元。The second network device may be a core network device or other access network device. The core network equipment is an AMF network element, MB-SMF network element or UPF network element.
例如,当该多播会话的上下文用于第一接入网设备与UPF网元(该UPF网元可以替换为MB-UPF网元,不再赘述)之间传输多播群组对应的多播数据(例如,该上下文包括第一接入网设备与UPF网元之间的传输通道的标识)时,则该第二网络设备可以为核心网设备。或者,若该多播会话的上下文用于第一接入网设备与其他接入网设备之间传输多播数据(例如,该上下文包括第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间的传输通道的标识),则该第二网络设备为其他接入网设备。For example, when the context of the multicast session is used to transmit multicast messages corresponding to the multicast group between the first access network device and the UPF network element (the UPF network element can be replaced by the MB-UPF network element, which will not be described again). data (for example, the context includes the identification of the transmission channel between the first access network device and the UPF network element), then the second network device may be a core network device. Or, if the context of the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data between the first access network device and other access network devices (for example, the context includes the communication between the first access network device and the second access network device). identification of the transmission channel), then the second network device is another access network device.
其中,多播会话离开消息可以用于请求或触发释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。或者,多播会话离开消息可以用于指示多播群组对应的多播会话离开了第一接入网设备。其中,释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文可替换为删除多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文。The multicast session leave message can be used to request or trigger the release of the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. Alternatively, the multicast session leave message may be used to indicate that the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group has left the first access network device. Wherein, releasing the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group may be replaced by deleting the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group.
其中,多播会话离开消息可以替换为:传输通道释放请求消息,例如,DISTRIBUTION RELEASE REQUEST消息。传输通道释放请求消息可以用于请求释放多播群组对应的多播会话的传输通道。多播会话离开消息还可以替换为:包含离开信息的IP数据包,例如,互联网组管理协议(internet group management protocol,IGMP)离开(leave)消息等。Among them, the multicast session leave message can be replaced by: transmission channel release request message, for example, DISTRIBUTION RELEASE REQUEST message. The transmission channel release request message may be used to request the release of the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group. The multicast session leave message can also be replaced by: an IP packet containing leave information, such as an Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) leave message, etc.
基于上述实施场景提供的方法,第一接入网设备可以触发释放网络设备的多播会话的上下文,从而进一步节省网络资源。Based on the method provided in the above implementation scenario, the first access network device can trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the network device, thereby further saving network resources.
需要指出的是,本申请实施例还提供了一种多播通信方法,包括:第一接入网设备仅在多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备的情况下,释放第一接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文;或者,第一接入网设备仅在多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,释放第一接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文。It should be pointed out that embodiments of the present application also provide a multicast communication method, including: the first access network device only leaves the first terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group. In the case of a network access device, release the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group; or, the first access network device only does not exist with the first access network in the multicast group. In the case of an inactive terminal associated with the device, release the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group.
例如,若多播群组中不存在处于非激活态的终端,则当多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备时,第一接入网设备释放第一接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文。若多播群组中不存在处于连接态的终端,则当多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端时,第一接入网设备释放第一接入网设备为多播群组建立的多播会话的上下文。For example, if there is no inactive terminal in the multicast group, when the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, the first access network device The device releases the context of the multicast session established by the first access network device for the multicast group. If there is no terminal in the connected state in the multicast group, when there is no terminal in the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, the first access network device releases the first access The context of the multicast session established by the network device for the multicast group.
可以理解的,上述S301-S302中的第一接入网设备的动作可以由图2所示的通信装置20中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。It can be understood that the actions of the first access network device in the above-mentioned S301-S302 can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in FIG. 2 by calling the application code stored in the memory 203. The embodiment of the present application is This does not impose any restrictions.
可选的,在上述实施例的另一种实施场景下,步骤S301可以包括以S301A和S301B,具体如下:Optionally, in another implementation scenario of the above embodiment, step S301 may include S301A and S301B, specifically as follows:
S301A:第一接入网设备根据多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。S301A: The first access network device determines the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group based on the first information of the connected terminals in the multicast group associated with the first access network device. Leave the first access network device.
其中,第一信息可以是以下4种情况中的任意一种情况:情况A:第一信息可以用于指示多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,或者,情况B:第一信息可以用于指示第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量,或者,情况C:第一信息可以用于指示第一接入网设备中是否存储多播群组中的终端的上下文,或者,情况D:第一信息 用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的连接态的终端。The first information may be any one of the following four situations: Situation A: The first information may be used to indicate the terminal in the multicast group that is connected to the first access network device and is in the connected state. The number, or case B: the first information may be used to indicate the number of contexts of the terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device, or case C: the first information may be used to indicate the first access network device Whether the context of the terminals in the multicast group is stored in the network access device, or, case D: first information Terminal used to indicate the connection state associated with the multicast group's identity.
可选的,第一信息包括在第一接入网设备存储的多播群组对应的多播/广播业务(multicast/broadcast service,MBS)相关的上下文中。Optionally, the first information is included in the context related to the multicast/broadcast service (MBS) corresponding to the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
例如,第一接入网设备中存储MBS相关的上下文。该MBS相关的上下文包括多播会话1对应的第一信息,多播会话2对应的第一信息…多播会话m对应的第一信息。其中,多播会话1至多播会话m为不同多播群组对应的多播会话,用于传输其对应的多播群组的多播数据。For example, the first access network device stores MBS-related context. The MBS-related context includes first information corresponding to multicast session 1, first information corresponding to multicast session 2... first information corresponding to multicast session m. Among them, multicast session 1 to multicast session m are multicast sessions corresponding to different multicast groups, and are used to transmit multicast data of their corresponding multicast groups.
下面分别对情况A、情况B、情况C和情况D进行介绍。The following introduces case A, case B, case C and case D respectively.
情况A:第一信息可以用于指示多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量。Case A: The first information may be used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in the connected state.
一种可能的设计,第一信息包括一个数值。初始时,该数值为初始值,例如为0,也可以为其他数字或数值(例如FF,00,-1或1等),不予限制。当多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量增加时,该数值也增加,例如,当该终端的数量增加1个时,该数值也增加1;当多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量减少时,该数值也减少,例如,当该终端的数量减少1个时,该数值也减1。In one possible design, the first information includes a numerical value. Initially, the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation. When the number of terminals in the multicast group that is connected to the first access network device and is in the connected state increases, this value also increases. For example, when the number of terminals increases by 1, this value also increases by 1; When the number of terminals connected to the first access network device in the multicast group and in the connected state decreases, this value also decreases. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, this value also decreases by one.
另一种可能的设计,第一信息为状态信息,即该第一信息可对应多个状态。初始时,该第一信息对应的状态为初始状态。当多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量增加时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息,例如,当终端的数量增加1个时,该第一信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的下一个状态;当多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量减少时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息,例如,当终端的数量减少1个时,该第一信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的上一个状态。In another possible design, the first information is status information, that is, the first information can correspond to multiple statuses. Initially, the state corresponding to the first information is the initial state. When the number of terminals connected to the first access network device in the multicast group and in the connected state increases, the first access network device updates the first information. For example, when the number of terminals increases by one, the first access network device updates the first information. The state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the multicast group is connected to the first access network device and the number of terminals in the connected state decreases, the first access network The device updates the first information. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, the state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
可以理解的,当第一信息包括的数值为初始值或第一信息对应的状态为初始状态时,可表示多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量为0或1,不予限制。It can be understood that when the value included in the first information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the first information is an initial state, it can mean that the terminal in the multicast group is connected to the first access network device and is in the connected state. The quantity is 0 or 1, there is no limit.
可以理解的,当多播群组中,与第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量为0时,第一接入网设备可确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。It can be understood that when the multicast group is connected to the first access network device and the number of terminals in the connected state is 0, the first access network device can determine that the multicast group is connected to the first access network device. The last terminal connected to the network equipment leaves the first access network equipment.
一种可能的实现方式,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下进入连接态时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。In one possible implementation manner, when a terminal in the multicast group enters the connected state under the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information.
例如,当一个终端通过第一接入网设备加入到多播群组后,第一接入网设备将第一信息指示的数量加1;或者,当第一接入网设备接收到来自多播群组中的终端的RRC连接恢复请求后,第一接入网设备将第一信息指示的数量加1;或者,当第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的多播群组中的一个终端的上下文后,第一接入网设备将第一信息指示的数量加1。For example, when a terminal joins a multicast group through the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1; or when the first access network device receives a multicast message from After the RRC connection recovery request of the terminal in the group, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1; or when the first access network device receives a multicast group from other access network devices After entering the context of a terminal in the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1.
一种可能的实现方式,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下离开连接态(如进入非激活态或空闲态)时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息;或者,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下离开连接态(如进入非激活态或空闲态),并在其他接入网设备下进入连接态时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。One possible implementation is that when a terminal in the multicast group leaves the connection state (such as entering an inactive state or an idle state) under the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information; or , when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering the inactive state or idle state) under the first access network device and enters the connected state under other access network devices, the first access network device Update first information.
例如,在第一接入网设备确定释放多播群组中的一个终端的连接的情况下,如第一接入网设备向该终端发送RRC连接释放消息之后(或之前),第一接入网设备将第一信息指示的数量减1。For example, when the first access network device determines to release the connection of a terminal in the multicast group, after (or before) the first access network device sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal, the first access network device The network device decrements the number indicated by the first information by one.
又例如,在第一接入网设备确定自己切换到非激活态或空闲态的多播群组中的一个终端,在其他接入网设备下进入连接态的情况下,如第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的请求该终端的上下文的信息后,或者,第一接入网设备向其他接入网设备发送该终端的上下文的信息后,或者,第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的指示该终端在该其他接入网设备下进入连接态的信息后,第一接入网设备将第一信息指示的数量减1。For another example, when the first access network device determines that it is a terminal in the multicast group that switches to the inactive state or the idle state and enters the connected state under other access network devices, such as the first access network device After the device receives information requesting the context of the terminal from other access network devices, or after the first access network device sends the context information of the terminal to other access network devices, or the first access network device After receiving information from other access network equipment indicating that the terminal enters the connected state under the other access network equipment, the first access network equipment decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1.
情况B:第一信息可以用于指示第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量。Case B: The first information may be used to indicate the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
一种可能的设计,第一信息包括一个数值。初始时,该数值为初始值,例如为0,也可以为其他数字或数值(例如FF,00,-1或1等),不予限制。当第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量增加时,该数值也增加,例如,当该终端的上下文的数量增加1个时,该数值也增加1;当第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量减少时,该数值也减少,例如,当该终端的上下文的数量减少1个时,该数值也减1。 In one possible design, the first information includes a numerical value. Initially, the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation. When the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device increases, the value also increases. For example, when the number of contexts of the terminal increases by 1, the value also increases by 1; when When the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device decreases, the value also decreases. For example, when the number of contexts of the terminal decreases by one, the value also decreases by one.
另一种可能的设计,第一信息为状态信息,即该第一信息可对应多个状态。初始时,该第一信息对应的状态为初始状态。当第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量增加时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息,例如,当该终端的上下文的数量增加1个时,该第一信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的下一个状态;当第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量减少时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息,例如,当该终端的上下文的数量减少1个时,该第一信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的上一个状态。In another possible design, the first information is status information, that is, the first information can correspond to multiple statuses. Initially, the state corresponding to the first information is the initial state. When the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device increases, the first access network device updates the first information. For example, when the number of contexts of the terminal increases by one, the first access network device The state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device decreases, the first access network device updates the first A piece of information, for example, when the number of contexts of the terminal is reduced by one, the state corresponding to the first information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
可以理解的,当第一信息包括的数值为初始值或第一信息对应的状态为初始状态时,可表示第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量为0或1,不予限制。It can be understood that when the value included in the first information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the first information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device is 0. or 1, no restriction.
可以理解的,当第一接入网设备中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量为0时,第一接入网设备可确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。It can be understood that when the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device is 0, the first access network device may determine that the multicast group is connected to the first access network device. The last terminal leaves the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,当第一接入网设备接收到第一接入网设备中未存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文后,第一接入网设备更新第一信息;或者,当第一接入网设备每次接收到多播群组中的终端的上下文后,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。In one possible implementation, after the first access network device receives the context of the terminal in the multicast group that is not stored in the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information; or, Each time the first access network device receives the context of the terminal in the multicast group, the first access network device updates the first information.
例如,第一接入网设备在接收到第一接入网设备中未存储的多播群组中的一个终端的上下文后,将第一信息指示的数量加1。For example, after receiving the context of a terminal in the multicast group that is not stored in the first access network device, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the first information by 1.
一种可能的实现方式,当第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的请求多播群组中的终端的上下文的信息后,或者,当第一接入网设备向其他接入网设备发送多播群组中的终端的上下文的信息后,或者,当第一接入网设备删除多播群组中的终端的上下文后,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。例如,第一接入网设备在向其他接入网设备发送多播群组中的一个终端的上下文的信息后,将第一信息指示的数量减1。A possible implementation manner is that when the first access network device receives information from other access network devices requesting the context of terminals in the multicast group, or when the first access network device requests other access network devices to After the network device sends the context information of the terminal in the multicast group, or after the first access network device deletes the context of the terminal in the multicast group, the first access network device updates the first information. For example, after sending the context information of a terminal in the multicast group to other access network devices, the first access network device decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1.
情况C:第一信息可以用于指示第一接入网设备中是否存储多播群组中的终端的上下文。Case C: The first information may be used to indicate whether the context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备可以在存储的终端的上下文中查找是否存储了多播群组的标识,若存储了多播群组的标识,则表示第一接入网设备中存储了多播群组中的终端的上下文,若未存储多播群组的标识,则表示第一接入网设备中未存储多播群组中的终端的上下文。In one possible implementation, the first access network device can search in the stored context of the terminal whether the identifier of the multicast group is stored. If the identifier of the multicast group is stored, it means that the first access network device The context of the terminal in the multicast group is stored in . If the identifier of the multicast group is not stored, it means that the context of the terminal in the multicast group is not stored in the first access network device.
可以理解的,若第一接入网设备中未存储多播群组中的终端的上下文,则可确定多播群组中与第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第一接入网设备。It can be understood that if the context of the terminal in the multicast group is not stored in the first access network device, it can be determined that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network equipment.
情况D:第一信息用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的连接态的终端,即:第一信息可以用于指示多播群组中处于连接态的终端。Case D: The first information is used to indicate the terminal in the connected state associated with the identity of the multicast group. That is, the first information may be used to indicate the terminal in the connected state in the multicast group.
一种可能的设计,第一信息包括多播群组的标识所关联的终端的标识,例如多播群组对应连接态的终端的标识(如5G-S-TMSI)。在初始时,第一信息为空,即不包括多播群组的标识所关联的终端的标识。可以理解的,本申请不限制第一信息的形式,例如,第一信息可包括如表0所示的列表(还有可能是其他形式的列表),或者第一信息可包括键值对,不予限制。In one possible design, the first information includes the identifier of the terminal associated with the identifier of the multicast group, for example, the identifier of the terminal in the connected state corresponding to the multicast group (such as 5G-S-TMSI). Initially, the first information is empty, that is, it does not include the identity of the terminal associated with the identity of the multicast group. It can be understood that this application does not limit the form of the first information. For example, the first information may include a list as shown in Table 0 (there may also be lists in other forms), or the first information may include key-value pairs. be restricted.
表0
Table 0
在表0中,TMGI 1关联的终端包括终端1、终端2和终端3。TMGI 2关联的终端包括终端2和终端4。TMGI 3关联的终端包括终端3、终端5和终端6。In Table 0, the terminals associated with TMGI 1 include terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3. The terminals associated with TMGI 2 include terminal 2 and terminal 4. The terminals associated with TMGI 3 include terminal 3, terminal 5 and terminal 6.
一种可能的实现方式,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下进入连接态时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。In one possible implementation manner, when a terminal in the multicast group enters the connected state under the first access network device, the first access network device updates the first information.
例如,当一个终端通过第一接入网设备加入到多播群组后,第一接入网设备将该终端的标识加入第一信息中;或者,当第一接入网设备接收到来自多播群组中的终端的RRC连接恢复请求后,第一接入网设备将该终端的标识加入第一信息中;或者,当第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的多播群组中的一个终端的上下文后,第一接入网设备将该终端的标识加入第一信息中。For example, when a terminal joins a multicast group through the first access network device, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information; or when the first access network device receives a message from the multicast group, After the RRC connection recovery request of the terminal in the broadcast group, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information; or, when the first access network device receives a multicast from other access network devices After obtaining the context of a terminal in the group, the first access network device adds the identifier of the terminal to the first information.
一种可能的实现方式,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下离开连接态(如进入非激活 态或空闲态)时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息;或者,当多播群组中的终端在第一接入网设备下离开连接态(如进入非激活态或空闲态),并在其他接入网设备下进入连接态时,第一接入网设备更新第一信息。One possible implementation method is that when a terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering inactive state) under the first access network device, state or idle state), the first access network device updates the first information; or, when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the connected state (such as entering the inactive state or idle state) under the first access network device, And when other access network equipment enters the connection state, the first access network equipment updates the first information.
例如,在第一接入网设备确定释放多播群组中的一个终端的连接的情况下,如第一接入网设备向该终端发送RRC连接释放消息之后(或之前),第一接入网设备将该终端的标识从第一信息中删除。For example, when the first access network device determines to release the connection of a terminal in the multicast group, after (or before) the first access network device sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal, the first access network device The network device deletes the identification of the terminal from the first information.
又例如,在第一接入网设备确定自己切换到非激活态或空闲态的多播群组中的一个终端,在其他接入网设备下进入连接态的情况下,如第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的请求该终端的上下文的信息后,或者,第一接入网设备向其他接入网设备发送该终端的上下文的信息后,或者,第一接入网设备接收到来自其他接入网设备的指示该终端在该其他接入网设备下进入连接态的信息后,第一接入网设备将该终端的标识从第一信息中删除。For another example, when the first access network device determines that it is a terminal in the multicast group that switches to the inactive state or the idle state and enters the connected state under other access network devices, such as the first access network device After the device receives information requesting the context of the terminal from other access network devices, or after the first access network device sends the context information of the terminal to other access network devices, or the first access network device After receiving information from other access network equipment indicating that the terminal enters the connected state under the other access network equipment, the first access network equipment deletes the identification of the terminal from the first information.
S301B:第一接入网设备根据多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。S301B: The first access network device determines, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, that there is no terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminal.
本申请实施例中,多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:在多播群组中由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端;以及在多播群组中由其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且该终端的RNA包括第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。In this embodiment of the present application, the inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group include: terminals that are switched to the inactive state by the first access network device in the multicast group; and A terminal that is switched to an inactive state by another access network device in the multicast group, and the RNA of the terminal includes all or part of the coverage area of the first access network device.
下面以多播群组包括终端1、终端2和终端3,终端1和终端2都与第一接入网设备建立了RRC连接,终端3与接入网设备2建立了RRC连接,第一接入网设备的小区包括小区1和小区2,接入网设备2的小区包括小区3和小区4为例进行介绍。The multicast group below includes terminal 1, terminal 2 and terminal 3. Both terminal 1 and terminal 2 have established an RRC connection with the first access network device. Terminal 3 has established an RRC connection with the access network device 2. The first access network device The cell of the access network device includes cell 1 and cell 2, and the cell of the access network device 2 includes cell 3 and cell 4. This is described as an example.
例如,若第一接入网设备将终端1切换到非激活态,则终端1为多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。For example, if the first access network device switches terminal 1 to the inactive state, then terminal 1 is an inactive state terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
又例如,若接入网设备2将终端3切换到非激活态,并且终端3的RNA包括小区1和小区3,则终端3为多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。For another example, if the access network device 2 switches the terminal 3 to the inactive state, and the RNA of the terminal 3 includes cell 1 and cell 3, the terminal 3 is the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. status terminal.
又例如,若接入网设备2将终端3切换到非激活态,并且终端3的RNA包括小区3、小区4和小区5,则终端3不是多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。For another example, if the access network device 2 switches the terminal 3 to the inactive state, and the RNA of the terminal 3 includes cell 3, cell 4 and cell 5, the terminal 3 is not associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. of inactive terminals.
可选的,第二信息包括在第一接入网设备存储的多播群组对应的MBS相关的上下文中。Optionally, the second information is included in the MBS-related context corresponding to the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第二信息可以是以下三种情况中的任意一种情况:情况1,第二信息可以用于指示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量;或者,情况2,第二信息用于指示多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数;或者,情况3,第二信息用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备。下面分别对情况1、情况2和情况3进行介绍。In a possible implementation, the second information may be any one of the following three situations: Case 1, the second information may be used to indicate the inactive state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. The number of terminals; or, case 2, the second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used; or, case 3, the second information is used to indicate the number of times the multicast session context is used Identifies the associated access network device. Case 1, case 2 and case 3 are introduced below respectively.
情况1:第二信息可以用于指示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量。Case 1: The second information may be used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
一种可能的设计,第二信息包括一个数值。初始时,该数值为初始值,例如为0,也可以为其他数字或数值(例如FF,00,-1或1等),不予限制。当多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量增加时,该数值也增加,例如,当该终端的数量增加1个时,该数值也增加1;当多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量减少时,该数值也减少,例如,当该终端的数量减少1个时,该数值也减1。In one possible design, the second information includes a numerical value. Initially, the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation. When the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group increases, this value also increases. For example, when the number of terminals increases by 1, this value also increases by 1; when the number of terminals in the multicast group increases by 1; When the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the broadcast group decreases, this value also decreases. For example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, this value also decreases by one.
另一种可能的设计,第二信息为状态信息,即该第二信息可对应多个状态。初始时,该第二信息对应的状态为初始状态。当多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量增加时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息,例如,当终端的数量增加1个时,该第二信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的下一个状态;当多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量减少时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息,例如,当终端的数量减少1个时,该第二信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的上一个状态。In another possible design, the second information is status information, that is, the second information can correspond to multiple statuses. Initially, the state corresponding to the second information is the initial state. When the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group increases, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of terminals increases by one, the second The state corresponding to the information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group decreases, the first access network device updates the second Information, for example, when the number of terminals decreases by one, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
可以理解的,当第二信息包括的数值为初始值或第二信息对应的状态为初始状态时,可表示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量为0或1,不予限制。It can be understood that when the value included in the second information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the second information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group is 0 or 1, no limit.
可以理解的,当多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量为0时,第一接入网设备可确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。也就是说,当第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零时,第一接入网设备确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联 的非激活态的终端。It can be understood that when the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group is 0, the first access network device may determine that there is no connection with the first access device in the multicast group. An inactive terminal associated with a network device. That is to say, when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero, the first access network device determines that there is no association with the first access network device in the multicast group. of inactive terminals.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,根据第一通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第一通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,第一通知信息用于通知多播群组中由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量,或者,第一通知信息用于通知多播群组中的一个终端由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态。In one possible implementation, the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information. The first notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the first notification information may be used to notify the second access network device in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state. the number of terminals, or the first notification information is used to notify one terminal in the multicast group to be switched to an inactive state by the second access network device.
可以理解的,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第一通知信息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收到第一通知信息后,可确定多播群组中的终端在第二接入网设备下切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA包括第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。此时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息。It can be understood that when the terminal in the multicast group switches to the inactive state and the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network equipment, the second access network device provides the first access network device with the first access network device. The network access device sends the first notification information. Correspondingly, after receiving the first notification information, the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state under the second access network device, and the RNA of the terminal includes the first access All or part of the coverage area of network equipment. At this time, the first access network device updates the second information.
可选的,为了降低信令开销,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备,并且第二接入网设备之前未发送过第一通知信息的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第一通知信息。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, the second access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network device, and If the second access network device has not sent the first notification information before, the second access network device sends the first notification information to the first access network device.
可以理解的,若第一通知信息用于通知多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量加1。或者,若第一通知信息用于通知多播群组中由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量为n,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量加n。It can be understood that if the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state, the first access network device increases the number indicated by the second information by 1. Alternatively, if the first notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device is n, the first access network device adds n to the number indicated by the second information. .
可选的,第一通知信息包括在请求建立多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求建立用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中,或者包括在MBS会话传输请求中。Optionally, the first notification information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,根据第二通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态(例如进入连接态,或进入空闲态),或者,第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中在第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量。其中,在第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态的情况下,终端可以是在第二接入网设备离开非激活态,也可以在其他接入网设备离开非激活态。终端可以是由非激活态变为连接态,也可以是由非激活态变为空闲态,此处不予以限制。In one possible implementation manner, the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information. The second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state (for example, enter the connected state, or enter the idle state), or the second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state. The number of terminals leaving the inactive state under the second access network device. In the case where the second notification information can be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state, the terminal can leave the inactive state on the second access network device, or can also leave the inactive state on other access network devices. Leave the inactive state. The terminal can change from the inactive state to the connected state, or from the inactive state to the idle state, which is not limited here.
可以理解,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端离开非激活态,并且在非激活态下的时候该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第二通知信息。It can be understood that the second access network device is used when the terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal during the inactive state includes the first access network device. , sending the second notification information to the first access network device.
可选的,为了降低信令开销,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端离开非激活态,并且多播群组中被第二接入网设备切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第二通知信息。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, the terminal in the multicast group of the second access network device leaves the inactive state, and the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device and is currently still in the inactive state. If the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal in the inactive state does not include the first access network equipment, the second notification information is sent to the first access network equipment.
可以理解的,第二接入网设备接收到来自第四接入网设备的第七通知信息,第七通知信息用于通知多播群组中被第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端在第四接入网设备恢复成连接态,或者,第七通知信息用于通知第二接入网设备向第四接入网设备发送终端的上下文的情况下,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二通知信息。此时,第二通知信息用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。应理解,该终端是在第四接入网设备下离开非激活态的。It can be understood that the second access network device receives the seventh notification information from the fourth access network device, and the seventh notification information is used to notify those in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device. When the fourth access network device returns to the connected state or the seventh notification information is used to notify the second access network device to send the context of the terminal to the fourth access network device, the second access network device sends the terminal to the fourth access network device. The first access network device sends the second notification information. At this time, the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state. It should be understood that the terminal leaves the inactive state under the fourth access network device.
可以理解的,若第二通知信息用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量减1。或者,若第二通知信息用于通知多播群组中在第二接入网设备离下开非激活态的终端的数量为n,则第一接入网设备将第二信息指示的数量加n。It can be understood that if the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state, the first access network device decreases the number indicated by the second information by 1. Alternatively, if the second notification information is used to notify the number of terminals in the multicast group that are in the inactive state after the second access network device leaves, the first access network device adds the number indicated by the second information. n.
可选的,第二通知信息包括在请求释放多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求释放用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中,或者包括在MBS会话更新请求消息中。Optionally, the second notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data, or included in an MBS session update request message.
情况2:第二信息用于指示多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数。Case 2: The second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
一种可能的设计,第二信息包括一个数值。初始时,该数值为初始值,例如为0,也可以为其他数字或数值(例如FF,00,-1或1等),不予限制。当多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数增加时,该数值也增加;当多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数减少时,该数值也减少。In one possible design, the second information includes a numerical value. Initially, the value is the initial value, such as 0, or it can be other numbers or values (such as FF, 00, -1 or 1, etc.) without limitation. When the number of uses of the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) increases, this value also increases; when the number of uses of the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) decreases, this value also increases. reduce.
另一种可能的设计,第二信息为状态信息,即该第二信息可对应多个状态。初始时,该第二信息对应的状态为初始状态。当多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数增加时, 第一接入网设备更新第二信息,例如,当使用次数加1时,该第二信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的下一个状态;当多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数减少时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息,例如,当使用次数减少1时,该第二信息对应的状态从当前状态变为当前状态的上一个状态。In another possible design, the second information is status information, that is, the second information can correspond to multiple statuses. Initially, the state corresponding to the second information is the initial state. When the number of uses of a multicast session's context (or a multicast session's transport channel) increases, The first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of uses is increased by 1, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the next state of the current state; when the context of the multicast session (or multicast session When the number of uses of the transmission channel) decreases, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, when the number of uses decreases by 1, the state corresponding to the second information changes from the current state to the state previous to the current state.
可以理解的,当第二信息包括的数值为初始值或第二信息对应的状态为初始状态时,可表示多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数为0或1,不予限制。It can be understood that when the value included in the second information is an initial value or the state corresponding to the second information is an initial state, it can mean that the number of uses of the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is 0 or 1, No restrictions.
可以理解的,当第多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)未被使用时,第一接入网设备可确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。也就是说,当第二信息所指示的次数为零时,第一接入网设备确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。It can be understood that when the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is not used, the first access network device may determine that there is no non-user associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Active terminal. That is to say, when the number of times indicated by the second information is zero, the first access network device determines that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group.
本申请实施例中,多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数可以理解为多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)被建立的次数。例如,若其他接入网设备请求第一接入网设备建立多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文(或多播群组对应的多播会话的传输通道),则第二信息指示的次数增加,若其他接入网设备请求第一接入网设备释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文(或多播群组对应的多播会话的传输通道),则第二信息指示的次数减少。In the embodiment of the present application, the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used can be understood as the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is established. For example, if other access network equipment requests the first access network equipment to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group (or the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group), then the number of times indicated by the second information Increase the number of times indicated by the second information if other access network devices request the first access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group (or the transmission channel of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group) reduce.
例如,若第二信息当前指示的次数为1,接入网设备2请求第一接入网设备建立多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,则第二信息指示的次数加1,变成了2。接着,接入网设备3请求第一接入网设备释放多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,则第二信息指示的次数减1,变成了1。For example, if the current indication number of the second information is 1 and the access network device 2 requests the first access network device to establish the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, then the number of times indicated by the second information is increased by 1 and becomes 2. Then, the access network device 3 requests the first access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group, and then the number of times indicated by the second information is reduced by 1 and becomes 1.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,根据第一通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第一通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,第一通知信息用于通知多播群组中由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量。这一过程与情况1中类似,可以参考情况1中对应的描述。不同的是,在情况2中第二信息指示的是多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数。In one possible implementation, the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information. The first notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the first notification information may be used to notify the second access network device in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state. The number of terminals. This process is similar to that in case 1, and you can refer to the corresponding description in case 1. The difference is that in case 2, the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,根据第二通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,或者,第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中在第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量。这一过程与情况1中类似,可以参考情况1中对应的描述。不同的是,在情况2中第二信息指示的是多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数。In one possible implementation manner, the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information. The second notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state, or the second notification information may be used to notify the multicast group to leave the inactive state under the second access network device. The number of terminals. This process is similar to that in case 1, and you can refer to the corresponding description in case 1. The difference is that in case 2, the second information indicates the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used.
情况3:第二信息用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备。Case 3: The second information is used to indicate the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group.
本申请实施例中,多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备包括将多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态的接入网设备,以及多播群组中处于非激活态的终端的RNA内的接入网设备。In this embodiment of the present application, the access network equipment associated with the identification of the multicast group includes the access network equipment that switches the terminals in the multicast group to the inactive state, and the access network equipment in the multicast group that is in the inactive state. Access network equipment within the terminal's RNA.
一种可能的设计,第二信息包括多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备的标识。初始时,第二信息为空,即:第二信息不包括多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备的标识。可以理解的,本申请不限制第二信息的形式,例如,第二信息可包括如表1所示的列表(还有可能是其他形式的列表),或者第二信息可包括键值对,不予限制。In a possible design, the second information includes the identifier of the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group. Initially, the second information is empty, that is, the second information does not include the identifier of the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group. It can be understood that this application does not limit the form of the second information. For example, the second information may include a list as shown in Table 1 (there may also be lists in other forms), or the second information may include key-value pairs. be restricted.
表1
Table 1
在表1中,TMGI 1关联的接入网设备包括接入网设备1、接入网设备2和接入网设备3。TMGI2关联的接入网设备包括接入网设备2和接入网设备4。TMGI 3关联的接入网设备包括接入网设备3、接入网设备5和接入网设备6。In Table 1, the access network equipment associated with TMGI 1 includes access network equipment 1, access network equipment 2 and access network equipment 3. The access network equipment associated with TMGI2 includes access network equipment 2 and access network equipment 4. The access network equipment associated with TMGI 3 includes access network equipment 3, access network equipment 5 and access network equipment 6.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,根据第一通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第一通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中存在由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。 In one possible implementation, the first access network device receives the first notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the first notification information. The first notification information may be used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the second access network device.
可以理解的,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第一通知信息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收到第一通知信息后,可确定多播群组中的终端在第二接入网设备下切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA包括第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。此时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息。例如,将第一接入网设备的标识和第二接入网设备的标识加入第二信息中。It can be understood that when the terminal in the multicast group switches to the inactive state and the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network equipment, the second access network device provides the first access network device with the first access network device. The network access device sends the first notification information. Correspondingly, after receiving the first notification information, the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state under the second access network device, and the RNA of the terminal includes the first access All or part of the coverage area of network equipment. At this time, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, the identifier of the first access network device and the identifier of the second access network device are added to the second information.
可选的,为了降低信令开销,第二接入网设备在多播群组中的终端切换到非激活态,并且该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备,并且第二接入网设备之前未发送过第一通知信息的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第一通知信息。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, the second access network device switches the terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and the access network device in the RNA of the terminal includes the first access network device, and If the second access network device has not sent the first notification information before, the second access network device sends the first notification information to the first access network device.
可选的,第一通知信息包括在请求建立多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求建立用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中,或者包括在MBS会话传输请求中。Optionally, the first notification information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,根据第二通知信息更新第二信息。其中,第二通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中不存在由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。In one possible implementation manner, the first access network device receives the second notification information from the second access network device, and updates the second information according to the second notification information. The second notification information may be used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device.
可以理解的,第二接入网设备在多播群组中不存在由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,并且在非激活态下的时候该终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第二通知信息。或者,第二接入网设备在多播群组中由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端离开非激活态,并且多播群组中被第二接入网设备释放为非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括第一接入网设备的情况下,向第一接入网设备发送第二通知信息。相应的,第一接入网设备接收到第二通知信息后,可确定多播群组中终端由第二接入网设备切换到非激活态。此时,第一接入网设备更新第二信息。例如,将第一接入网设备的标识从第二信息中删除。It can be understood that the second access network device does not have a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, and the access network in the RNA of the terminal when in the inactive state If the device includes a first access network device, the second notification information is sent to the first access network device. Alternatively, the terminal in which the second access network device is switched to the inactive state in the multicast group by the second access network device leaves the inactive state, and is released to the inactive state in the multicast group by the second access network device. state, and if the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the first access network equipment, the second notification information is sent to the first access network equipment. Correspondingly, after receiving the second notification information, the first access network device may determine that the terminal in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device. At this time, the first access network device updates the second information. For example, the identifier of the first access network device is deleted from the second information.
可以理解的,若多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备中不包括第一接入网设备,则第一接入网设备确定多播群组中不存在与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。It can be understood that if the access network device associated with the multicast group identifier does not include the first access network device, the first access network device determines that there is no connection with the first access network device in the multicast group. The associated inactive terminal.
可选的,第二通知信息包括在请求释放多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求释放用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中,或者包括在MBS会话更新请求消息中。Optionally, the second notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data, or included in an MBS session update request message.
本申请实施例不限制S301A和S301B的执行顺序,例如,可以先执行S301A再执行S301B,也可以先执行S301B再执行S301A,还可以同时执行S301A和S301B。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of S301A and S301B. For example, S301A can be executed first and then S301B, S301B can be executed first and then S301A, or S301A and S301B can be executed simultaneously.
可以理解的,上述S301A-S301B中的第一接入网设备的动作可以由图2所示的通信装置20中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。It can be understood that the actions of the first access network device in the above S301A-S301B can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 by calling the application code stored in the memory 203. The embodiment of the present application is This does not impose any restrictions.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中所提及的任意一个通知信息(例如,第一通知信息,第二通知信息或第三通知信息等),可以替换为更新信息,例如第一通知信息可替换为第一更新信息。It can be understood that any notification information mentioned in the embodiments of this application (for example, the first notification information, the second notification information or the third notification information, etc.) can be replaced by update information. For example, the first notification information can be replaced by Be the first to update information.
可选的,如图3B所示,在上述实施例的又一种实施场景下,若第一接入网设备确定多播群组中的终端切换到了非激活态,则上述方法还包括如下S300a-S300d中的一个或多个步骤,具体如下:Optionally, as shown in Figure 3B, in another implementation scenario of the above embodiment, if the first access network device determines that the terminal in the multicast group has switched to the inactive state, the above method also includes the following S300a -One or more steps in S300d, as follows:
S300a:第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息。S300a: The first access network device sends third notification information to at least one access network device.
相应的,至少一个接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第三通知信息。Correspondingly, at least one access network device receives the third notification information from the first access network device.
可以理解的,若多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,则第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息。It can be understood that if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state, the first access network device sends the third notification information to at least one access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第三通知信息用于通知多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态。在这种情况下,该一个终端可以是第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的,也可以不是第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的。至少一个接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区别包括在该一个终端的RNA中。In a possible implementation manner, the third notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state. In this case, the terminal may be switched to the inactive state by the first access network device, or may not be switched to the inactive state by the first access network device. All or part of the differences in the coverage area of at least one access network device are included in the RNA of the one terminal.
另一种可能的实现方式,第三通知信息用于通知多播群组中存在由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。在这种情况下,该终端是第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的。至少一个接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区别包括在该终端的RNA中。In another possible implementation manner, the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device. In this case, the terminal is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device. All or part of the differences in the coverage area of at least one access network device are included in the RNA of the terminal.
例如,第一接入网设备将多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,并向第一终端的RNA内的接入网设备发送第三通知信息。 For example, the first access network device switches the first terminal in the multicast group to an inactive state, and sends the third notification information to the access network device in the RNA of the first terminal.
可选的,为了降低信令开销,在第一接入网设备未向至少一个接入网设备发送过第三通知信息的情况下,第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, when the first access network device has not sent the third notification information to at least one access network device, the first access network device sends the third notification information to at least one access network device. Three notification messages.
上述第二接入网设备可包括在至少一个接入网设备中,也可不包括在至少一个接入网设备中,不予限制。The above-mentioned second access network device may be included in at least one access network device, or may not be included in at least one access network device, without limitation.
可选的,第三通信信息包括在请求建立多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求建立用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中,或者包括在MBS会话传输请求中。Optionally, the third communication information is included in a message requesting the establishment of a context of a multicast session, or in a message requesting the establishment of a transmission channel for transmitting multicast data, or in an MBS session transmission request.
可以理解的,至少一个接入网设备接收到第三通知信息后,可更新至少一个接入网设备维护的第二信息。至少一个接入网设备更新第二信息的过程与第一接入网设备更新第二信息的过程类似,不予赘述。It can be understood that after at least one access network device receives the third notification information, it may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device. The process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
可选的,若第一终端在第一接入网设备下从非激活态恢复到连接态,或者,第一终端在第一接入网设备下离开非激活态,例如,第一接入网设备接收到来自第一终端的RRC连接恢复请求,则图3B所示的方法还包括如下步骤:Optionally, if the first terminal returns to the connected state from the inactive state under the first access network device, or the first terminal leaves the inactive state under the first access network device, for example, the first access network When the device receives the RRC connection recovery request from the first terminal, the method shown in Figure 3B also includes the following steps:
S300b:第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息。S300b: The first access network device sends fourth notification information to at least one access network device.
相应的,至少一个接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第四通知信息。Correspondingly, at least one access network device receives the fourth notification information from the first access network device.
其中,第四通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。The fourth notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,在至少一个接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域未包括在多播群组中被第一接入网设备切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA中的情况下,第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息。In one possible implementation, all or part of the coverage area of at least one access network device is not included in the multicast group and is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device, and is currently still inactive. In the case of RNA of any terminal in the state, the first access network device sends fourth notification information to at least one access network device.
可选的,第四通知信息包括在请求释放多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求释放用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中。Optionally, the fourth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
可以理解的,至少一个接入网设备接收到第四通知信息后,可更新至少一个接入网设备维护的第二信息。至少一个接入网设备更新第二信息的过程与第一接入网设备更新第二信息的过程类似,不予赘述。It can be understood that after at least one access network device receives the fourth notification information, it may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device. The process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
可选的,若第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态,则图3B所示的方法还包括如下步骤:Optionally, if the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, the method shown in Figure 3B further includes the following steps:
S300c:第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息。S300c: The first access network device sends the fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device.
相应的,至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第五通知信息。Correspondingly, the access network devices other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device receive the fifth notification information from the first access network device.
其中,第五通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。The fifth notification information may be used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的用于请求第一终端的上下文的消息后,向至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息。In one possible implementation, after receiving a message from a third access network device for requesting the context of the first terminal, the first access network device removes the third access network device from at least one access network device. The access network equipment other than the access network device sends the fifth notification information.
可选的,为了降低信令开销,第一接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的用于请求第一终端的上下文的消息后,在多播群组中被该第一接入设备切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的RNA中不包括至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备的覆盖区域的情况下,向至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息。Optionally, in order to reduce signaling overhead, after the first access network device receives a message from the third access network device for requesting the context of the first terminal, it is accessed by the first terminal in the multicast group. When the device switches to the inactive state, and the RNA of each terminal that is currently in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of at least one access network device other than the third access network device. , sending the fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device.
可选的,第五通知信息包括在请求释放多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求释放用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中。Optionally, the fifth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
可以理解的,至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备接收到第五通知信息后,可更新至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备维护的第二信息。至少一个接入网设备中除第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备更新第二信息的过程与第一接入网设备更新第二信息的过程类似,不予赘述。It can be understood that after receiving the fifth notification information, the access network devices in the at least one access network device except the third access network device may update the at least one access network device except the third access network device. Second information maintained by external access network equipment. The process of updating the second information by the access network devices other than the third access network device among the at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
可选的,若多播群组中由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态,图3B所示的方法还包括如下步骤:Optionally, if the last terminal among the terminals in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the first access network device leaves the inactive state, the method shown in Figure 3B also includes the following steps:
S300d:第一接入网设备向至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息。相应的,至少一个接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第六通知信息。S300d: The first access network device sends sixth notification information to at least one access network device. Correspondingly, at least one access network device receives the sixth notification information from the first access network device.
其中,第六通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数 量为0,或者,第六通知信息可以用于通知多播群组中不存在由第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。The sixth notification information may be used to notify the number of terminals in the multicast group that are switched to the inactive state by the first access network device. The quantity is 0, or the sixth notification information may be used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
可选的,第六通知信息包括在请求释放多播会话的上下文的消息中,或者包括在请求释放用于传输多播数据的传输通道的消息中。Optionally, the sixth notification information is included in a message requesting release of the context of the multicast session, or included in a message requesting release of a transmission channel used for transmitting multicast data.
可以理解的,至少一个接入网设备接收到第六通知信息后,可更新至少一个接入网设备维护的第二信息。至少一个接入网设备更新第二信息的过程与第一接入网设备更新第二信息的过程类似,不予赘述。It can be understood that after at least one access network device receives the sixth notification information, it may update the second information maintained by at least one access network device. The process of updating the second information by at least one access network device is similar to the process of updating the second information by the first access network device, and will not be described again.
可以理解的,上述S300a-S300d中的任意一个接入网设备的动作可以由图2所示的通信装置20中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。It can be understood that the action of any access network device in the above-mentioned S300a-S300d can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 by calling the application code stored in the memory 203. The embodiment of the present application is This does not impose any restrictions.
为了便于理解本申请实施例提供的方法,下面结合图1所示的通信系统10对本申请实施例提供的方法进行阐述。应理解,图3A和图3B所示方法中对各个特征的介绍以及对各个步骤的介绍等,都适用于下面图4所示的方法。同样,图4所示方法中对各个特征的介绍以及对各个步骤的介绍等,也都适用于上述图3A和图3B所示的方法,不予限制。In order to facilitate understanding of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 . It should be understood that the introduction of each feature and the introduction of each step in the method shown in Figures 3A and 3B are applicable to the method shown in Figure 4 below. Similarly, the introduction of each feature and each step in the method shown in Figure 4 is also applicable to the method shown in Figure 3A and Figure 3B and is not limited.
如图4所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种多播通信方法,该多播通信方法可以包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 4, another multicast communication method is provided by the embodiment of the present application. The multicast communication method may include the following steps:
S401:终端103通过接入网设备101加入多播群组。S401: The terminal 103 joins the multicast group through the access network device 101.
例如,终端103通过上述S11-S13所示的流程加入多播群组。For example, the terminal 103 joins the multicast group through the process shown in S11-S13 above.
可选的,在S401之后,对于上述情况A(第一信息可以用于指示多播群组中,与接入网设备101连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量),接入网设备101将接入网设备101中的第一信息指示的数量加1。对于上述情况B(第一信息可以用于指示接入网设备101中存储的多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量),接入网设备101将接入网设备101中的第一信息指示的数量加1。对于上述情况C(第一信息可以用于指示接入网设备101中是否存储多播群组中的终端的上下文),接入网设备101可查询到自己存储了多播群组中的终端103的上下文,第一信息指示接入网设备101中存储了多播群组中的终端的上下文。对于上述情况D(第一信息用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的连接态的终端),接入网设备101将终端103的标识加入第一信息。Optionally, after S401, for the above situation A (the first information can be used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the access network device 101 and are in the connected state), the access network device 101 will The number indicated by the first information in the access network device 101 is increased by one. For the above situation B (the first information can be used to indicate the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the access network device 101), the access network device 101 indicates the first information in the access network device 101 Add 1 to the quantity. For the above situation C (the first information can be used to indicate whether the access network device 101 stores the context of the terminal in the multicast group), the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group. The first information indicates that the access network device 101 stores the context of the terminal in the multicast group. For the above situation D (the first information is used to indicate the terminal in the connected state associated with the identification of the multicast group), the access network device 101 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
S402:接入网设备101向终端103发送RRC连接释放消息。相应的,终端103接收来自接入网设备的RRC连接释放消息。S402: The access network device 101 sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal 103. Correspondingly, the terminal 103 receives the RRC connection release message from the access network device.
例如,接入网设备101根据核心网提供的辅助信息确定终端103进入非激活态后,向终端103发送RRC连接释放消息。其中,辅助信息可包括以下至少一项:终端103的注册区域(registration area,RA),终端103的非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)参数,终端103的延长的空闲态DRX参数(extended idle mode DRX values)或定期更新定时器(Periodic Registration Update timer)。For example, after determining that the terminal 103 enters the inactive state according to the auxiliary information provided by the core network, the access network device 101 sends an RRC connection release message to the terminal 103. The auxiliary information may include at least one of the following: a registration area (RA) of the terminal 103, a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter of the terminal 103, and an extended idle mode DRX parameter (extended idle mode) of the terminal 103. DRX values) or periodic registration update timer (Periodic Registration Update timer).
一种可能的实现方式,RRC连接释放消息可包括终端103的I-RNTI和终端103的RNA信息。在图4所示的方法中,RNA信息包括接入网设备102的小区的标识和接入网设备105的小区的标识,即:终端103的RNA中包括接入网设备102的小区和接入网设备105的小区。In one possible implementation, the RRC connection release message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103 and the RNA information of the terminal 103. In the method shown in Figure 4, the RNA information includes the identity of the cell of the access network device 102 and the identity of the cell of the access network device 105. That is, the RNA of the terminal 103 includes the cell and access number of the access network device 102. Network equipment 105 of the cell.
可以理解的,S402也可以放在S403之后执行。It is understandable that S402 can also be executed after S403.
可选的,在S402之后,对于上述情况A,接入网设备101将接入网设备101中的第一信息指示的数量减1。对于上述情况B,接入网设备101不修改第一信息。对于上述情况C,接入网设备101可查询到自己存储了多播群组中的终端103的上下文。对于上述情况D,接入网设备101将终端103的标识从第一信息中删除。Optionally, after S402, for the above situation A, the access network device 101 decrements the number of first information indications in the access network device 101 by 1. For the above situation B, the access network device 101 does not modify the first information. For the above situation C, the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group. For the above situation D, the access network device 101 deletes the identification of the terminal 103 from the first information.
S403:接入网设备101向接入网设备102和接入网设备105发送第一通知信息。S403: The access network device 101 sends the first notification information to the access network device 102 and the access network device 105.
相应的,接入网设备102和接入网设备105接收来自接入网设备101的第一通知信息。Correspondingly, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 receive the first notification information from the access network device 101.
可以理解的,除了图3B所示的方法中对第一通知信息的介绍之外,可选的,第一通知信息还包括以下至少一项:多播群组的标识(如TMGI)、区域信息、终端103的I-RNTI或终端103的上下文。其中,终端103的上下文可包括终端103的PDU会话的信息。终端103的PDU会话的信息可以包括终端103的PDU会话标识,终端103的PDU会话的QoS信息(例如5QI,ARP 等)。It can be understood that, in addition to the introduction of the first notification information in the method shown in Figure 3B, optionally, the first notification information also includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the multicast group (such as TMGI), area information , the I-RNTI of the terminal 103 or the context of the terminal 103. The context of the terminal 103 may include information about the PDU session of the terminal 103 . The information of the PDU session of the terminal 103 may include the PDU session identifier of the terminal 103, the QoS information of the PDU session of the terminal 103 (for example, 5QI, ARP wait).
一种可能的设计,若终端103加入了一个多播群组,则第一通知信息可包括一个多播群组的标识;若终端103加入了多个多播群组,则第一通知信息可包括多个多播群组的标识。One possible design is that if the terminal 103 joins a multicast group, the first notification information may include the identifier of a multicast group; if the terminal 103 joins multiple multicast groups, the first notification information may Contains the identifiers of multiple multicast groups.
一种可能的设计,区域信息用于指示终端103的RNA,或者指示终端103的RNA中所包括的接入网设备102的区域或指示终端103的RNA中所包括的接入网设备105的区域。In one possible design, the area information is used to indicate the RNA of the terminal 103, or to indicate the area of the access network device 102 included in the RNA of the terminal 103, or to indicate the area of the access network device 105 included in the RNA of the terminal 103. .
例如,发送给接入网设备102的第一通知信息中包括的区域信息包括RNA信息,或者包括终端103的RNA中所包括的接入网设备102的小区的标识。发送给接入网设备105的第一通知信息中包括的区域信息包括RNA信息,或者包括终端103的RNA中所包括的接入网设备105的小区的标识。For example, the area information included in the first notification information sent to the access network device 102 includes RNA information, or includes the identification of the cell of the access network device 102 included in the RNA of the terminal 103. The area information included in the first notification information sent to the access network device 105 includes RNA information, or includes the identification of the cell of the access network device 105 included in the RNA of the terminal 103.
可以理解的,第一通知信息可触发接入网设备102或接入网设备105为多播群组建立多播会话的上下文。若接入网设备102未为多播群组建立多播会话的上下文,即接入网设备102未建立接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文,接入网设备102建立接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文。类似的,若接入网设备105未为多播群组建立多播会话的上下文,即接入网设备105未建立接入网设备105的多播会话的上下文,接入网设备105建立接入网设备105的多播会话的上下文。It can be understood that the first notification information may trigger the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 to establish a multicast session context for the multicast group. If the access network device 102 does not establish the context of the multicast session for the multicast group, that is, the access network device 102 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, the access network device 102 establishes the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102. The context of the multicast session. Similarly, if the access network device 105 does not establish the context of the multicast session for the multicast group, that is, the access network device 105 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105, the access network device 105 establishes access. The context of the multicast session of the network device 105.
一种可能的实现方式,若接入网设备101未触发接入网设备102建立过接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文,则接入网设备101向接入网设备102发送第一通知信息。类似的,若接入网设备101未触发接入网设备105建立过接入网设备105的多播会话的上下文,则接入网设备101向接入网设备105发送第一通知信息。In one possible implementation, if the access network device 101 does not trigger the access network device 102 to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, the access network device 101 sends a first notification to the access network device 102. information. Similarly, if the access network device 101 does not trigger the access network device 105 to establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105, the access network device 101 sends the first notification information to the access network device 105.
可选的,在S402或S403之后,接入网设备101更新接入网设备101中的第二信息。Optionally, after S402 or S403, the access network device 101 updates the second information in the access network device 101.
例如,对于上述情况1(第二信息可以用于指示多播群组中与第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量),接入网设备101将第二信息指示的数量加1。对于情况2(第二信息用于指示多播会话的上下文(或多播会话的传输通道)的使用次数),接入网设备101将第二信息指示的次数加1。对于情况3(第二信息用于指示多播群组的标识所关联的接入网设备),接入网设备101将自己的标识加入第二信息。For example, for the above situation 1 (the second information can be used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group), the access network device 101 adds the number indicated by the second information. 1. For case 2 (the second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session (or the transmission channel of the multicast session) is used), the access network device 101 adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information. For case 3 (the second information is used to indicate the access network device associated with the identifier of the multicast group), the access network device 101 adds its own identifier to the second information.
可选的,在S403之后,终端103可在终端103的RNA内接收多播群组对应的多播数据。Optionally, after S403, the terminal 103 may receive multicast data corresponding to the multicast group in the RNA of the terminal 103.
S404:接入网设备102根据第一通知信息更新接入网设备102中的第二信息,接入网设备105根据第一通知信息更新接入网设备105中的第二信息。S404: The access network device 102 updates the second information in the access network device 102 according to the first notification information, and the access network device 105 updates the second information in the access network device 105 according to the first notification information.
下面以接入网设备102根据第一通知信息更新第二信息为例进行介绍,接入网设备105根据第一通知信息更新第二信息的过程,与接入网设备102根据第一通知信息更新第二信息的过程类似,不再赘述。The following takes the access network device 102 to update the second information according to the first notification information as an example. The process of the access network device 105 updating the second information according to the first notification information is the same as the access network device 102 updating the second information according to the first notification information. The process of the second information is similar and will not be described again.
作为一种示例,若接入网设备102未建立接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文,对于情况1,接入网设备102将第二信息设置为初始值或初始状态,或者接入网设备102将第二信息设置为初始值或初始状态,并将第二信息指示的终端的数量加1。对于情况2,接入网设备102将第二信息设置为初始值或初始状态,或者接入网设备102将第二信息设置为初始值或初始状态,并将第二信息指示的次数加1。对于情况3,接入网设备102将接入网设备102的标识加入第二信息。As an example, if the access network device 102 does not establish the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, for case 1, the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or an initial state, or the access network device 102 The device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or an initial state, and adds 1 to the number of terminals indicated by the second information. For case 2, the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or initial state, or the access network device 102 sets the second information as an initial value or initial state, and adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information. For case 3, the access network device 102 adds the identification of the access network device 102 to the second information.
作为另一种示例,若接入网设备102建立了接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文,对于情况1,接入网设备102将第二信息指示的终端的数量加1。对于情况2,接入网设备102将第二信息指示的次数加1。对于情况3,接入网设备102可确定多播群组关联的接入网设备是否包括接入网设备102的标识,若不包括,则接入网设备102将自己的标识加入第二信息,若包括,则接入网设备102可以不做操作;或者,接入网设备102直接将自己的标识加入第二信息。As another example, if the access network device 102 establishes the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102, for case 1, the access network device 102 increases the number of terminals indicated by the second information by 1. For case 2, the access network device 102 adds 1 to the number of times indicated by the second information. For case 3, the access network device 102 may determine whether the access network device associated with the multicast group includes the identification of the access network device 102. If not, the access network device 102 adds its own identification to the second information, If included, the access network device 102 may perform no operation; or, the access network device 102 directly adds its own identifier to the second information.
可选的,接入网设备102和/或接入网设备105向接入网设备101发送响应消息,以向接入网设备101指示多播会话的上下文是否建立成功。Optionally, the access network device 102 and/or the access network device 105 sends a response message to the access network device 101 to indicate to the access network device 101 whether the context of the multicast session is successfully established.
可选的,若多播会话的上下文建立失败,响应消息中可以包括建立失败的多播会话的标识,及其对应的资源的信息(例如,QoS流信息等)。可选的,接入网设备101接收到该响应消息后,向终端103发送指示信息,该指示信息包括建立失败的多播会话的标识,及其对应的资源的信息。这样,终端103接收到指示信息后,可确定在接入网设备102和/或接入网设备105的覆盖区域内接收不到多播数据。 Optionally, if the context establishment of the multicast session fails, the response message may include the identification of the multicast session that failed to be established and its corresponding resource information (for example, QoS flow information, etc.). Optionally, after receiving the response message, the access network device 101 sends indication information to the terminal 103. The indication information includes the identification of the multicast session that failed to be established and the information of its corresponding resources. In this way, after receiving the indication information, the terminal 103 can determine that the multicast data cannot be received within the coverage area of the access network device 102 and/or the access network device 105 .
下面分两种情况介绍接入网设备更新第二信息的情况。在第一种情况中,终端103在接入网设备101下恢复连接态,具体过程可参考S405A-S407A。在第二种情况中,终端103在接入网设备102下恢复连接态,具体过程可参考S405B-S407B。The following describes the situation in which the access network device updates the second information in two situations. In the first case, the terminal 103 restores the connection state under the access network device 101. For the specific process, please refer to S405A-S407A. In the second case, the terminal 103 restores the connection state under the access network device 102. For the specific process, please refer to S405B-S407B.
首先,介绍第一种情况:First, let’s introduce the first case:
S405A:终端103向接入网设备101发送RRC连接恢复请求消息。S405A: The terminal 103 sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the access network device 101.
相应的,接入网设备101接收来自终端103的RRC连接恢复请求消息。Correspondingly, the access network device 101 receives the RRC connection recovery request message from the terminal 103.
其中,RRC连接恢复请求消息可包括终端103的I-RNTI。The RRC connection recovery request message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
可以理解的,在S405A之后,终端103进入连接态。It can be understood that after S405A, the terminal 103 enters the connected state.
可选的,在S405A之后,对于上述情况A,接入网设备101将接入网设备101中的第一信息指示的数量加1。对于上述情况B,接入网设备101不修改第一信息。对于上述情况C,接入网设备101可查询到自己存储了多播群组中的终端103的上下文。对于上述情况D,接入网设备101将终端103的标识加入第一信息。Optionally, after S405A, for the above situation A, the access network device 101 increases the number indicated by the first information in the access network device 101 by 1. For the above situation B, the access network device 101 does not modify the first information. For the above situation C, the access network device 101 can query that it has stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group. For the above situation D, the access network device 101 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
可选的,在S405A之后,对于上述情况1,接入网设备101将第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备101将第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备101可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。Optionally, after S405A, for the above situation 1, the access network device 101 decrements the number of second information indications by 1. For case 2, the access network device 101 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1. For case 3, the access network device 101 can delete its own identity from the second information.
S406A:接入网设备101向接入网设备102和接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。S406A: The access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 102 and the access network device 105.
相应的,接入网设备102和接入网设备105接收来自接入网设备101的第二通知信息。Correspondingly, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 receive the second notification information from the access network device 101.
一种可能的实现方式,在多播群组中被接入网设备101切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括接入网设备102的情况下,接入网设备101向接入网设备102发送第二通知信息。类似的,在多播群组中被接入网设备101切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括接入网设备105的情况下,接入网设备101向接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。One possible implementation is that in the multicast group, the access network equipment in the RNA of any terminal that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 101 and is currently in the inactive state does not include access network equipment. 102, the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 102. Similarly, in the case where the access network device 101 in the multicast group is switched to the inactive state and the access network devices in the RNA of any terminal that is currently in the inactive state do not include the access network device 105 , the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the access network device 105.
示例性的,以多播群组包括终端103和终端104,终端103在接入网设备101下恢复到连接态,终端104是被接入网设备101切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态为例,若终端104的RNA内的接入网设备包括接入网设备102但不包括接入网设备105,则接入网设备101向接入网设备105发送第二通知信息,但不向接入网设备102发送第二通知信息。若终端104的RNA内的接入网设备不包括接入网设备102和接入网设备105,则接入网设备101向接入网设备102和接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。若终端104的RNA内的接入网设备包括接入网设备102和接入网设备105,则接入网设备101不向接入网设备102和接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。Exemplarily, the multicast group includes terminal 103 and terminal 104. Terminal 103 returns to the connected state under the access network device 101. Terminal 104 is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 101 and is currently still inactive. For example, if the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal 104 includes the access network equipment 102 but does not include the access network equipment 105, the access network equipment 101 sends the second notification information to the access network equipment 105, but does not Send the second notification information to the access network device 102. If the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal 104 does not include the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105, the access network equipment 101 sends the second notification information to the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105. If the access network equipment in the RNA of the terminal 104 includes the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105, the access network equipment 101 does not send the second notification information to the access network equipment 102 and the access network equipment 105.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备101根据终端103提供的I-RNTI值获取终端103的上下文(例如本地存储的,以I-RNTI为索引的终端的上下文)。终端103的上下文包括终端103的RNA信息。接入网设备101根据终端103的RNA信息,向对应的接入网设备(本例为接入网设备102和接入网设备105)发送第二通知信息。具体地,接入网设备101根据终端103的RNA信息,向对应的接入网设备(本例为接入网设备102和接入网设备105)发送第二通知信息,可以是接入网设备101根据RNA信息中包含的小区信息(例如NR Cell ID),解析出对应的基站(可以根据预配置解析,也可以根据小区标识的部分字段解析),并向对应的基站发送第二通知信息。In one possible implementation, the access network device 101 obtains the context of the terminal 103 according to the I-RNTI value provided by the terminal 103 (for example, the context of the terminal stored locally and indexed by the I-RNTI). The context of terminal 103 includes RNA information of terminal 103 . The access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the corresponding access network device (in this example, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105) according to the RNA information of the terminal 103. Specifically, the access network device 101 sends the second notification information to the corresponding access network device (in this example, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105) according to the RNA information of the terminal 103, which may be the access network device. 101 parses out the corresponding base station according to the cell information (such as NR Cell ID) contained in the RNA information (can be parsed according to the preconfiguration, or can be parsed according to some fields of the cell identification), and sends the second notification information to the corresponding base station.
可选的,第二通知信息包括在MBS会话更新请求消息中。Optionally, the second notification information is included in the MBS session update request message.
S407A:接入网设备102和接入网设备105根据第二通知信息更新第二信息。S407A: The access network device 102 and the access network device 105 update the second information according to the second notification information.
可以理解的,对于上述情况1,接入网设备102将接入网设备102的第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备102将接入网设备102的第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备102可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。It can be understood that for the above situation 1, the access network device 102 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 102 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 102 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 102 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 102 may delete its own identity from the second information.
可以理解的,对于上述情况1,接入网设备105将接入网设备105的第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备105将接入网设备105的第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备105可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。It can be understood that for the above situation 1, the access network device 105 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 105 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 105 can delete its own identity from the second information.
下面介绍第二种情况:The second case is introduced below:
S405B:终端103向接入网设备102发送RRC连接恢复请求消息。S405B: The terminal 103 sends an RRC connection recovery request message to the access network device 102.
相应的,接入网设备102接收来自终端103的RRC连接恢复请求消息。 Correspondingly, the access network device 102 receives the RRC connection recovery request message from the terminal 103.
其中,RRC连接恢复请求消息可包括终端103的I-RNTI。The RRC connection recovery request message may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
可以理解的,在S405B之后,终端103进入连接态。It can be understood that after S405B, the terminal 103 enters the connection state.
可选的,在S405B之后,对于上述情况A,接入网设备102将接入网设备102中的第一信息指示的数量加1。对于上述情况B,接入网设备102不修改第一信息。对于上述情况C,接入网设备102查询到自己未存储多播群组中的终端103的上下文,第一信息指示接入网设备未存储多播群组中的终端的上下文。对于上述情况D,接入网设备102将终端103的标识加入第一信息。Optionally, after S405B, for the above situation A, the access network device 102 increases the number indicated by the first information in the access network device 102 by 1. For the above situation B, the access network device 102 does not modify the first information. For the above situation C, the access network device 102 queries that it has not stored the context of the terminal 103 in the multicast group, and the first information indicates that the access network device has not stored the context of the terminal in the multicast group. For the above situation D, the access network device 102 adds the identification of the terminal 103 to the first information.
可选的,在S405B之后,对于上述情况1,接入网设备102将第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备102将第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备102可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。Optionally, after S405B, for the above situation 1, the access network device 102 decrements the number of second information indications by 1. For case 2, the access network device 102 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information by 1. For case 3, the access network device 102 may delete its own identity from the second information.
S406B:接入网设备102向接入网设备101和接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。S406B: The access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 101 and the access network device 105.
相应的,接入网设备101和接入网设备105接收来自接入网设备102的第二通知信息。Correspondingly, the access network device 101 and the access network device 105 receive the second notification information from the access network device 102.
一种可能的实现方式,在多播群组中被接入网设备102切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括接入网设备101的情况下,接入网设备102向接入网设备101发送第二通知信息。类似的,在多播群组中被接入网设备102切换到非激活态,并且当前还处于非激活态的任意一个处于非激活态的终端的RNA内的接入网设备都不包括接入网设备105的情况下,接入网设备102向接入网设备105发送第二通知信息。One possible implementation is that the access network device in the RNA of any terminal that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 102 in the multicast group and is currently in the inactive state does not include the access network. In the case of device 101, the access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 101. Similarly, in the multicast group, the access network device in the RNA of any terminal in the inactive state that is switched to the inactive state by the access network device 102 and is currently in the inactive state does not include the access network device. In the case of the access network device 105, the access network device 102 sends the second notification information to the access network device 105.
一种可能的实现方式,接入网设备102向接入网设备101发送终端103的上下文获取请求消息。其中,终端103的上下文获取请求消息可包括终端103的I-RNTI。可选的,终端103的上下文获取请求消息还包括多播群组的标识。接入网设备101接收到终端103的上下文获取请求消息后,向接入网设备102发送终端103的上下文。后续,接入网设备101删除终端103的上下文。In one possible implementation manner, the access network device 102 sends a context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 to the access network device 101. The context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 may include the I-RNTI of the terminal 103. Optionally, the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103 also includes the identification of the multicast group. After receiving the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 sends the context of the terminal 103 to the access network device 102. Subsequently, the access network device 101 deletes the context of the terminal 103.
可选的,对于上述情况B,接入网设备101删除了终端103的上下文后,将该第一信息指示的数量减1。对于上述情况C,接入网设备101删除了终端103的上下文后,接入网设备101查询不到终端103的上下文,若接入网设备101中也未存储多播群组中其他终端的上下文,则第一信息指示接入网设备101中未存储多播群组中的终端的上下文。Optionally, for the above situation B, after deleting the context of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 decrements the number indicated by the first information by 1. For the above situation C, after the access network device 101 deletes the context of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 cannot query the context of the terminal 103. If the access network device 101 does not store the context of other terminals in the multicast group, , then the first information indicates that the context of the terminal in the multicast group is not stored in the access network device 101.
可以理解的,在S406B中,接入网设备102也可以不向接入网设备105发送第二通知消息,而是接入网设备101接收到终端103的上下文获取请求消息后,向接入网设备105发送一个消息。该消息可以通知接入网设备105多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。It can be understood that in S406B, the access network device 102 may not send the second notification message to the access network device 105. Instead, after receiving the context acquisition request message of the terminal 103, the access network device 101 sends the second notification message to the access network device 103. Device 105 sends a message. This message may notify the access network device 105 that a terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state.
例如,该消息为MBS会话更新请求消息。MBS会话更新请求消息可包括以下至少一项:RNA信息、多播群组的标识或终端103的I-RNTI。For example, this message is an MBS session update request message. The MBS session update request message may include at least one of the following: RNA information, an identification of the multicast group, or the I-RNTI of the terminal 103.
S407B:接入网设备101和接入网设备105根据第二通知信息更新第二信息。S407B: The access network device 101 and the access network device 105 update the second information according to the second notification information.
可以理解的,对于上述情况1,接入网设备101将接入网设备101的第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备101将接入网设备101的第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备101可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。It can be understood that for the above situation 1, the access network device 101 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 101 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 101 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 101 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 101 can delete its own identity from the second information.
可以理解的,对于上述情况1,接入网设备105将接入网设备105的第二信息指示的数量减1。对于情况2,接入网设备105将接入网设备105的第二信息指示的次数减1。对于情况3,接入网设备105可将自己的标识从第二信息中删除。It can be understood that for the above situation 1, the access network device 105 decreases the number of the second information indication of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 2, the access network device 105 decrements the number of times indicated by the second information of the access network device 105 by 1. For case 3, the access network device 105 can delete its own identity from the second information.
S408:接入网设备101根据接入网设备101的第一信息和第二信息,确定是否释放接入网设备101的多播会话的上下文。S408: The access network device 101 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 101.
一种可能的实现方式,当多播群组中与接入网设备101连接的最后一个终端离开接入网设备101,且多播群组中不存在与接入网设备101关联的非激活态的终端时,接入网设备101释放接入网设备101的多播会话的上下文,否则,不释放接入网设备101的多播会话的上下文。One possible implementation is that when the last terminal connected to the access network device 101 in the multicast group leaves the access network device 101, and there is no inactive state associated with the access network device 101 in the multicast group When the terminal is terminated, the access network device 101 releases the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101; otherwise, the access network device 101 does not release the context of the multicast session.
可以理解的,若接入网设备101释放接入网设备101的多播会话的上下文,接入网设备101向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息,和/或,接入网设备101向第一网络设备发送请求消息。It can be understood that if the access network device 101 releases the context of the multicast session of the access network device 101, the access network device 101 sends a multicast session leave message to the second network device, and/or the access network device 101 sends a multicast session leave message to the second network device. The first network device sends a request message.
S409:接入网设备102根据接入网设备102的第一信息和第二信息,确定是否释放接入网设备102的多播会话的上下文。S409: The access network device 102 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 102 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 102.
S410:接入网设备105根据接入网设备105的第一信息和第二信息,确定是否释放接入网设备105的多播会话的上下文。 S410: The access network device 105 determines whether to release the context of the multicast session of the access network device 105 based on the first information and the second information of the access network device 105.
可以理解的,S409-S410的过程与S408的过程类似,可以参考S408中对应的描述,不予赘述。It can be understood that the process of S409-S410 is similar to the process of S408, and reference can be made to the corresponding description in S408, which will not be described again.
其中,上述S401-S410中的接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105的动作可以由图2所示的通信装置20中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。Among them, the actions of the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in the above-mentioned S401-S410 can be performed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 to call the application program stored in the memory 203. Code is executed, and the embodiments of this application do not impose any restrictions on this.
基于图4所示的方法,接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备103可以在该多播群组中与该接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开该接入网设备,且该多播群组中不存在与该接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的情况下,释放该多播会话的上下文。这样,不但能够确保多播群组中的终端接收到多播数据,还能够使得接入网设备及时释放该多播群组对应的多播会话的上下文,以节省资源。Based on the method shown in Figure 4, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 103 can leave the access network device in the multicast group in which the last terminal connected to the access network device , and if there is no inactive terminal associated with the access network device in the multicast group, release the context of the multicast session. In this way, it can not only ensure that terminals in the multicast group receive multicast data, but also enable the access network device to release the context of the multicast session corresponding to the multicast group in a timely manner to save resources.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的又一种多播通信方法,该多播通信方法可包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 5, another multicast communication method is provided by an embodiment of the present application. The multicast communication method may include the following steps:
S501:第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。S501: The second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
其中,第二接入网设备可以是图1所示通信系统10中的任意一个接入网设备,例如,为图1中的接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105。多播会话可以用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据。The second access network device may be any access network device in the communication system 10 shown in Figure 1, for example, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in Figure 1 . Multicast sessions can be used to transmit multicast data corresponding to multicast groups.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备通过上述S11-S13所示的流程建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。即:终端通过第二接入网设备加入多播群组。In one possible implementation manner, the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device through the process shown in S11-S13. That is: the terminal joins the multicast group through the second access network device.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二消息。其中,第二消息可以用于请求建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。第二接入网设备接收到第二消息后,建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。In another possible implementation, the first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device. The second message may be used to request the establishment of a context for a multicast session of the second access network device. After receiving the second message, the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
其中,第一接入网设备为图1所示通信系统10中与第二接入网设备不同的接入网设备。例如,若第二接入网设备为图1中的接入网设备101,则第一接入网设备为图1中的接入网设备102或接入网设备105。The first access network device is an access network device different from the second access network device in the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1 . For example, if the second access network device is the access network device 101 in Figure 1, then the first access network device is the access network device 102 or the access network device 105 in Figure 1.
示例性的,若终端通过第一接入网设备加入多播群组,在第一接入网设备下进入非激活态,并且终端的RNA内的接入网设备包括第二接入网设备,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,以触发第二接入网设备建立第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。For example, if the terminal joins the multicast group through the first access network device, enters the inactive state under the first access network device, and the access network device in the terminal's RNA includes the second access network device, Then, the first access network device sends the second message to the second access network device to trigger the second access network device to establish the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
S502:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息。S502: The first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
相应的,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the first message from the first access network device.
其中,第一消息可以用于指示释放多播会话的上下文。The first message may be used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
一种可能的实现方式,多播群组中的一个终端在第二接入网设备之外的接入网设备下离开非激活态,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息。One possible implementation manner is that a terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state under an access network device other than the second access network device, and the first access network device sends the second access network device to the second access network device. A message.
例如,多播群组中的一个终端在第一接入网设备下离开非激活态,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息。For example, if a terminal in the multicast group leaves the inactive state under the first access network device, the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
又例如,若第一接入网设备接收到来自第三接入网设备的第三消息,第三消息用于指示多播群组中被第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端在第三接入网设备恢复成连接态,或者,第三消息用于请求第一接入网设备向第三接入网设备发送终端的上下文,则第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息。For another example, if the first access network device receives the third message from the third access network device, the third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the first access network device is in the multicast group. The third access network device returns to the connected state, or the third message is used to request the first access network device to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device, then the first access network device sends the context to the second access network device. The device sends the first message.
一种可能的实现方式,若多播群组中被第一接入网设备切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的RNA中不包括第二接入网设备的覆盖区域,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一消息。One possible implementation is that if the RNA of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device and is still in the inactive state does not include the coverage area of the second access network device , the first access network device sends the first message to the second access network device.
S503:第二接入网设备释放第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。S503: The second access network device releases the context of the multicast session of the second access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第二接入网设备确定多播群组中与第二接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开第二接入网设备,且多播群组中不存在与第二接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,第二接入网设备释放第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文。具体的,可以参考图3A、图3B或图4所示方法中对应的描述,在此不做赘述。In a possible implementation, the second access network device determines that the last terminal connected to the second access network device in the multicast group leaves the second access network device, and there is no connection with the second access network device in the multicast group. For an inactive terminal associated with the access network device, the second access network device releases the context of the multicast session of the second access network device. Specifically, reference may be made to the corresponding description in the method shown in FIG. 3A, FIG. 3B, or FIG. 4, which will not be described again here.
其中,上述S501-S503中的第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的动作可以由图2所示的通信装置20中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请实施例对此不做任 何限制。Among them, the actions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the above-mentioned S501-S503 can be executed by the processor 201 in the communication device 20 shown in Figure 2 by calling the application program code stored in the memory 203, The embodiments of this application do not do anything about this What restrictions.
基于图5所示的方法,第二接入网设备建立了第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文后,可接收来自第一接入网设备的用于指示释放多播会话的上下文的消息,根据该消息及时释放多播会话的上下文。Based on the method shown in Figure 5, after the second access network device establishes the context of the multicast session of the second access network device, it may receive a message from the first access network device indicating to release the context of the multicast session. message, according to which the context of the multicast session is promptly released.
可以理解的,以上各个实施例中,由接入网设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that in the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the access network equipment can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the access network equipment.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第一接入网设备,或者包含上述第一接入网设备的装置,或者为可用于第一接入网设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的第二接入网设备,或者包含上述第二接入网设备的装置,或者为可用于第二接入网设备的部件。可以理解的是,上述第一接入网设备或者第二接入网设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device. The communication device may be the first access network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above first access network device, or may be used for the first access network device. A component of the network access equipment; alternatively, the communication device may be the second access network equipment in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above second access network equipment, or may be a component that can be used in the second access network equipment. . It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the above-mentioned first access network device or second access network device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm operations of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
应理解的是,上述仅以接入网设备为例描写各个网元之间的交互。实际上,上述接入网设备所执行的处理也并不限于仅由单一网元执行。例如,接入网设备所执行的处理可以分别由中央单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)和远端单元(remote unit,RU)中的至少一个执行。It should be understood that the above only takes access network equipment as an example to describe the interaction between various network elements. In fact, the processing performed by the above access network equipment is not limited to being performed by only a single network element. For example, the processing performed by the access network device may be performed by at least one of a central unit (central unit, CU), a distributed unit (DU), and a remote unit (RU), respectively.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the first access network device or the second access network device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more Functions are integrated in a processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图6示出了一种通信装置60的结构示意图。通信装置60包括处理模块601。可选的,该通信装置还包括收发模块602。处理模块601,也可以称为处理单元用于执行除了收发操作之外的操作,例如可以是处理电路或者处理器等。收发模块602,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。For example, when each functional module is divided into integrated modules, FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 60 . The communication device 60 includes a processing module 601. Optionally, the communication device also includes a transceiver module 602. The processing module 601, which may also be called a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than sending and receiving operations, and may be, for example, a processing circuit or a processor. The transceiver module 602, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations, and may be, for example, a transceiver circuit, transceiver, transceiver, or communication interface.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置60还可以包括存储模块(图6中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the communication device 60 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 6) for storing program instructions and data.
示例性地,通信装置60用于实现接入网设备(如:第一接入网设备,接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105)的功能。通信装置60例如为图3A或图3B所示的实施例所述的第一接入网设备,图4所示的实施例所述的接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105。Illustratively, the communication device 60 is used to implement the functions of an access network device (such as a first access network device, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105). The communication device 60 is, for example, the first access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3A or FIG. 3B, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. Device 105.
其中,处理模块601,用于确定多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置60,且该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端。例如,处理模块601可以用于执行S301。Among them, the processing module 601 is used to determine that the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60, and there is no inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group. terminal. For example, the processing module 601 may be used to perform S301.
处理模块601,还用于释放该通信装置60的多播会话的上下文。其中,该多播会话用于传输该多播群组对应的多播数据。例如,处理模块601还可以用于执行S302。The processing module 601 is also used to release the context of the multicast session of the communication device 60 . The multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. For example, the processing module 601 can also be used to perform S302.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,用于向第一网络设备发送请求消息,请求消息用于请求释放多播会话;收发模块602,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的响应消息,响应消息用于响应请求消息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is configured to send a request message to the first network device. The request message is used to request the release of the multicast session; the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive a response message from the first network device. , the response message is used to respond to the request message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息,多播会话离开消息用于触发释放第二网络设备的多播会话的上下文,第二网络设备的多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a multicast session leave message to the second network device. The multicast session leave message is used to trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device. The multicast session of the network device is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装 置60,包括:该多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端被该通信装置60从该多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,该多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端切换到除该通信装置60之外的接入网设备。In a possible implementation, the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60. Setting 60 includes: the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the communication device 60; or, the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group The last terminal is switched to an access network device other than the communication device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块601,具体用于根据该多播群组中与该通信装置60关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定该多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置60。In a possible implementation, the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information of the terminals in the connected state associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, the communication device in the multicast group. 60 The last terminal connected leaves the communication device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息用于指示该多播群组中,与该通信装置60连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,或者,该第一信息用于指示该通信装置60中存储的该多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量。In a possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the communication device 60 and are in a connected state, or the first information is used to indicate that the communication The number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块601,具体用于根据该多播群组中与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine, based on the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, that there is no connection with the multicast group. The communication device 60 is associated with an inactive terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该多播群组中与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端,包括:在该多播群组中由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端;以及在该多播群组中由除该通信装置60之外的其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且该终端的无线接入网通知区包括该通信装置60的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。In a possible implementation, the inactive terminals associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group include: terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 in the multicast group; and a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by access network equipment other than the communication device 60, and the radio access network notification area of the terminal includes the terminal in the coverage area of the communication device 60 All or part of the area.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第一通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量;处理模块601,还用于根据该第一通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive first notification information from the second access network device, where the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to a non- Active state, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that there is a terminal switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group The number of terminals in the group that are switched to the inactive state by the second access network device; the processing module 601 is also configured to update the second information according to the first notification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于接收来自该第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,该第二通知信息用于通知该多播群组中在该第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量;处理模块601,还用于根据该第二通知信息,更新该第二信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive second notification information from the second access network device, where the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the active state, or the second notification information is used to notify that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast The number of terminals in the group that leave the inactive state under the second access network device; the processing module 601 is also configured to update the second information according to the second notification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息用于指示该多播群组中与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端的数量,或者,该第二信息用于指示该多播会话的上下文的使用次数。In a possible implementation, the second information is used to indicate the number of inactive terminals associated with the communication device 60 in the multicast group, or the second information is used to indicate the multicast session. The number of times the context is used.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块601,具体用于当该第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零或者该第二信息所指示的次数为零时,确定该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the processing module 601 is specifically configured to determine that there are no terminals in the multicast group when the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero. There is an inactive terminal associated with the communication device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于若该多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,该第三通知信息用于通知该多播群组中存在由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send third notification information to at least one access network device if the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state. The third notification The information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端为该多播群组中由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the communication device 60 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于在该第一终端在该通信装置60下从非激活态恢复到连接态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息,该第四通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态;或者,收发模块602,还用于在该第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态的情况下,向该至少一个接入网设备中除该第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息,该第五通知信息用于通知该多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a fourth message to the at least one access network device when the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the communication device 60 . Notification information, the fourth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or, the transceiver module 602 is also used to notify the first terminal to leave the active state from the third access network device. In this case, send fifth notification information to the access network device other than the third access network device in the at least one access network device, where the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group Leave the inactive state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于当该多播群组中由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态时,向该至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端的数量为0,或者,该第六通知信息用于通知该多播群组中不存在由该通信装置60切换到非激活态的终端。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to send a message to the at least one terminal in the multicast group when the last terminal among the terminals switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 leaves the inactive state. The access network equipment sends sixth notification information, the sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 is 0, or the sixth notification information is used to notify It is notified that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device 60 .
当用于实现第一接入网设备,接入网设备101、接入网设备102或接入网设备105的功能时,关于通信装置60所能实现的其他功能,可参考图3A或图3B所示的实施例或图4所示的方法实 施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of the first access network device, the access network device 101, the access network device 102 or the access network device 105, for other functions that the communication device 60 can implement, please refer to Figure 3A or Figure 3B The embodiment shown or the method shown in Figure 4 implements The relevant introduction of the embodiment will not be described in detail.
或者,示例性地,通信装置60用于实现第二接入网设备的功能。通信装置60例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第二接入网设备。Or, for example, the communication device 60 is used to implement the function of the second access network device. The communication device 60 is, for example, the second access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
其中,处理模块601,用于建立通信装置60的多播会话的上下文。其中,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据。例如,处理模块601可以用于执行S501。Among them, the processing module 601 is used to establish the context of the multicast session of the communication device 60 . The multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. For example, the processing module 601 may be used to perform S501.
收发模块602,用于接收来自第一接入网设备的第一消息。其中,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文。例如,收发模块602可以用于执行S502。The transceiver module 602 is configured to receive the first message from the first access network device. The first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session. For example, the transceiver module 602 may be used to perform S502.
处理模块601,还用于释放该多播会话的上下文。例如,处理模块601可以用于执行S503。The processing module 601 is also used to release the context of the multicast session. For example, the processing module 601 may be used to perform S503.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块602,还用于接收来自该第一接入网设备的第二消息,该第二消息用于请求该通信装置60建立该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 602 is also configured to receive a second message from the first access network device, where the second message is used to request the communication device 60 to establish the context of the multicast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块601,具体用于当多播群组中与该通信装置60连接的最后一个终端离开该通信装置60,且该多播群组中不存在与该通信装置60关联的非激活态的终端时,释放该多播会话的上下文。In a possible implementation, the processing module 601 is specifically configured to be used when the last terminal connected to the communication device 60 in the multicast group leaves the communication device 60 and there is no communication with the communication device 60 in the multicast group. When the device 60 is associated with an inactive terminal, the context of the multicast session is released.
当用于实现第二接入网设备的功能时,关于通信装置60所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of the second access network device, regarding other functions that the communication device 60 can implement, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and will not be described again.
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置60可以采用图2所示的形式。比如,图2中的处理器201可以通过调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置60执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device 60 can take the form shown in FIG. 2 . For example, the processor 201 in Figure 2 can cause the communication device 60 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
示例性的,图6中的处理模块601和收发模块602的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图6中的处理模块601的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图6中的收发模块602的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的通信接口204来实现。For example, the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 601 and the transceiver module 602 in Figure 6 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 601 in Figure 6 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 602 in Figure 6 can be implemented by Figure 6 It is implemented by the communication interface 204 in 2.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图7示出了一种通信装置70的结构示意图。通信装置70包括收发模块701。收发模块701,也可以称为收发单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。For example, when each functional module is divided in an integrated manner, FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 70 . The communication device 70 includes a transceiver module 701. The transceiver module 701, which may also be called a transceiver unit, is used to perform transceiver operations. For example, it may be a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
示例性地,通信装置70用于实现第一接入网设备的功能。通信装置70例如为图5所示的实施例所述的第一接入网设备。Illustratively, the communication device 70 is used to implement the function of the first access network device. The communication device 70 is, for example, the first access network device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
其中,收发模块701,用于向第二接入网设备发送第二消息。其中,该第二消息用于请求建立该第二接入网设备的多播会话的上下文,该多播会话用于传输多播群组对应的多播数据。和/或;收发模块701,还用于向该第二接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于指示释放该多播会话的上下文。Among them, the transceiver module 701 is used to send the second message to the second access network device. The second message is used to request the establishment of a context of a multicast session of the second access network device, and the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group. And/or; the transceiving module 701 is also configured to send a first message to the second access network device, where the first message is used to indicate releasing the context of the multicast session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块701,具体用于若该多播群组中被该通信装置切换到非激活态并且当前还处于非激活态的每个终端的无线接入网通知区中不包括该第二接入网设备的覆盖区域,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息;或者,收发模块701,具体用于若该通信装置接收到来自第三接入网设备的第三消息,该第三消息用于指示该多播群组中被该通信装置切换到非激活态的终端在该第三接入网设备恢复成连接态,或者,该第三消息用于请求通信装置向第三接入网设备发送该终端的上下文,向该第二接入网设备发送该第一消息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 701 is specifically used to notify the radio access network notification area of each terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the communication device and is currently in the inactive state. does not include the coverage area of the second access network device, and sends the first message to the second access network device; or, the transceiver module 701 is specifically used to: The third message is used to indicate that the terminal in the multicast group that was switched to the inactive state by the communication device returns to the connected state on the third access network device, or the third message is used to indicate The communication device is requested to send the context of the terminal to the third access network device and the first message to the second access network device.
当用于实现第一接入网设备的功能时,关于通信装置70所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of the first access network device, regarding other functions that the communication device 70 can implement, reference may be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and will not be described again.
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置70可以采用图2所示的形式。比如,图2中的处理器201可以通过调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置70执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device 70 may take the form shown in FIG. 2 . For example, the processor 201 in Figure 2 can cause the communication device 70 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment by calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203.
示例性的,图7中的收发模块701的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图7中的收发模块701的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的通信接口204来实现。For example, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 701 in Figure 7 can be implemented by the processor 201 in Figure 2 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 203. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 701 in Figure 7 can be implemented through the communication interface 204 in Figure 2 .
可以理解的是,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,所述软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中, 处理器可以用于执行所述程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。It can be understood that one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of both. When any of the above modules or units is implemented in software, the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in the memory, The processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow. The processor can be built into an SoC (System on a Chip) or ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions for calculation or processing, the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA), PLD (programmable logic device) , or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。When the above modules or units are implemented in hardware, the hardware can be a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, Any one or any combination of SoC, FPGA, PLD, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators or non-integrated discrete devices, which can run the necessary software or not rely on software to perform the above method flow.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,该至少一个处理器通过接口与存储器耦合,当该至少一个处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得上述任一方法实施例中的方法被执行。在一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片系统还包括存储器。可选的,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface. The at least one processor is coupled to the memory through the interface. When the at least one processor executes the computer program or instructions in the memory When, the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed. In a possible implementation, the chip system further includes a memory. Optionally, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的通信装置的内部存储单元,例如通信装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述通信装置的外部存储设备,例如上述通信装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述通信装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述通信装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments. . The computer-readable storage medium may be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the aforementioned embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device. The above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the above-mentioned communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), a secure digital (SD) card equipped on the above-mentioned communication device, Flash card, etc. Furthermore, the computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the communication device and an external storage device. The above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device. The above-mentioned computer-readable storage media can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机程序产品中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a computer program. The program can be stored in the above computer program product. When executed, the program can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、接入网设备、移动性管理网元或会话管理网元等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中或上述计算机程序产品中。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as computers, processors, access network equipment, mobility management network elements or session management network elements, etc.). The program may be stored in the above-mentioned computer-readable storage medium or in the above-mentioned computer program product.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:图3A或图3B所示实施例中的第一接入网设备。可选的,该通信系统还包括:图3A所示实施例中的第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the first access network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3A or Figure 3B. Optionally, the communication system also includes: the first network device and/or the second network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3A.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:图4所示实施例中的接入网设备101、接入网设备102和接入网设备105。可选的,该通信系统还包括:图4所示实施例中的终端103。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: the access network device 101, the access network device 102 and the access network device 105 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4. Optionally, the communication system also includes: the terminal 103 in the embodiment shown in Figure 4.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,包括:图5所示实施例中的第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。Optionally, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including: a first access network device and a second access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated by different modules. The functional module is completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元 单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can be It can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application shall be covered by the protection scope of the present application. . Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (24)

  1. 一种多播通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一接入网设备,所述方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first access network device, and the method includes:
    确定多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备,且所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端;Determining that the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and there is no association with the first access network device in the multicast group The inactive terminal;
    释放所述第一接入网设备的多播会话的上下文,所述多播会话用于传输所述多播群组对应的多播数据。Release the context of the multicast session of the first access network device, where the multicast session is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备,且所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, in determining the multicast group, the last terminal connected to the first access network device leaves the first access network device, and the multicast group After there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the group, the method further includes:
    向第一网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求释放所述多播会话;Send a request message to the first network device, the request message being used to request release of the multicast session;
    在所述释放所述第一接入网设备的多播会话的上下文之前,所述方法还包括:Before releasing the context of the multicast session of the first access network device, the method further includes:
    接收来自所述第一网络设备的响应消息,所述响应消息用于响应所述请求消息。Receive a response message from the first network device, the response message being used to respond to the request message.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    向第二网络设备发送多播会话离开消息,所述多播会话离开消息用于触发释放所述第二网络设备的多播会话的上下文,所述第二网络设备的多播会话用于传输所述多播群组对应的多播数据。Send a multicast session leave message to the second network device, the multicast session leave message is used to trigger the release of the context of the multicast session of the second network device, and the multicast session of the second network device is used to transmit the The multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the multicast group leaves the first access network device, include:
    所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端被所述第一接入网设备从所述多播会话的上下文中删除;或者,所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端切换到除所述第一接入网设备之外的接入网设备。The last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device is deleted from the context of the multicast session by the first access network device; or, in the multicast group The last terminal connected to the first access network device is switched to an access network device other than the first access network device.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the last terminal connected to the first access network device in the determined multicast group leaves the first access network device. ,include:
    根据所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备关联的连接态的终端的第一信息,确定所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备连接的最后一个终端离开所述第一接入网设备。Determine the last terminal in the multicast group connected to the first access network device according to the first information of the terminals in the connected state associated with the first access network device in the multicast group Leave the first access network device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息用于指示所述多播群组中,与所述第一接入网设备连接,且处于连接态的终端的数量,或者,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一接入网设备中存储的所述多播群组中的终端的上下文的数量。The method according to claim 5, wherein the first information is used to indicate the number of terminals in the multicast group that are connected to the first access network device and are in a connected state, or , the first information is used to indicate the number of contexts of terminals in the multicast group stored in the first access network device.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein determining that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes:
    根据所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。According to the second information of the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, it is determined that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Inactive terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:在所述多播群组中由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端;以及在所述多播群组中由除所述第一接入网设备之外的其它接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,且所述终端的无线接入网通知区包括所述第一接入网设备的覆盖区域中的全部或部分区域。The method of claim 7, wherein the inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes: The first access network device switches to the inactive state terminal; and other access network devices other than the first access network device in the multicast group switch to the inactive state terminal, and The radio access network notification area of the terminal includes all or part of the coverage area of the first access network device.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    接收来自第二接入网设备的第一通知信息,所述第一通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,所述第一通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中存在由所述第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,所述第一通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中由所述第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量;Receive first notification information from the second access network device, the first notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to switch to an inactive state, or the first notification information is used to notify There is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the second access network device, or the first notification information is used to notify the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the second access network device. The number of terminals whose network equipment switches to inactive state;
    根据所述第一通知信息,更新所述第二信息。The second information is updated according to the first notification information.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising:
    接收来自所述第二接入网设备的第二通知信息,所述第二通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态,或者,所述第二通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中不存在由所述第二接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端,或者,所述第二通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中在所述第二接入网设备下离开非激活态的终端的数量;Receive second notification information from the second access network device, the second notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state, or the second notification information is used to Notifying that there is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the second access network device, or the second notification information is used to notify the multicast group that the second access network device has switched to an inactive state. The number of terminals leaving the inactive state under access network equipment;
    根据所述第二通知信息,更新所述第二信息。 The second information is updated according to the second notification information.
  11. 根据权利要求7-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息用于指示所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的数量,或者,所述第二信息用于指示所述多播会话的上下文的使用次数。The method according to any one of claims 7-10, characterized in that the second information is used to indicate an inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. The number, or the second information is used to indicate the number of times the context of the multicast session is used.
  12. 根据权利要求7-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述多播群组中与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端的第二信息,确定所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端,包括:The method according to any one of claims 7-11, characterized in that, based on the second information of inactive terminals associated with the first access network device in the multicast group, Determining that there is no inactive terminal associated with the first access network device in the multicast group includes:
    当所述第二信息所指示的终端的数量为零或者所述第二信息所指示的次数为零时,确定所述多播群组中不存在与所述第一接入网设备关联的非激活态的终端。When the number of terminals indicated by the second information is zero or the number of times indicated by the second information is zero, it is determined that there is no non-user associated with the first access network device in the multicast group. Active terminal.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-12, characterized in that the method further includes:
    若所述多播群组中的第一终端切换到非激活态,向至少一个接入网设备发送第三通知信息,所述第三通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中的一个终端切换到非激活态,或者,所述第三通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中存在由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。If the first terminal in the multicast group switches to an inactive state, send third notification information to at least one access network device, the third notification information is used to notify one terminal in the multicast group Switch to the inactive state, or the third notification information is used to notify that there is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端为所述多播群组中由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。The method according to claim 13, wherein the first terminal is a terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that the method further includes:
    在所述第一终端在所述第一接入网设备下从非激活态恢复到连接态的情况下,向所述至少一个接入网设备发送第四通知信息,所述第四通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态;或者,When the first terminal recovers from the inactive state to the connected state under the first access network device, the fourth notification information is sent to the at least one access network device, where the fourth notification information is To notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state; or,
    在所述第一终端从第三接入网设备离开激活态的情况下,向所述至少一个接入网设备中除所述第三接入网设备之外的接入网设备发送第五通知信息,所述第五通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中的一个终端离开非激活态。When the first terminal leaves the active state from the third access network device, send a fifth notification to the access network devices in the at least one access network device except the third access network device. information, the fifth notification information is used to notify a terminal in the multicast group to leave the inactive state.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, further comprising:
    当所述多播群组中由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端中的最后一个终端离开非激活态时,向所述至少一个接入网设备发送第六通知信息,所述第六通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端的数量为0,或者,所述第六通知信息用于通知所述多播群组中不存在由所述第一接入网设备切换到非激活态的终端。When the last terminal in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device leaves the inactive state, sending sixth notification information to the at least one access network device, The sixth notification information is used to notify that the number of terminals in the multicast group that is switched to the inactive state by the first access network device is 0, or the sixth notification information is used to notify the There is no terminal in the multicast group that is switched to an inactive state by the first access network device.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述方法的单元或模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit or module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the device causes the device to A method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 is performed.
  19. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述芯片执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the chip executes The method of any one of claims 1 to 16.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored, characterized in that, when executed, the computer program or instructions cause the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  21. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, characterized in that when the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to implement the method described in any one of claims 1 to 16.
  22. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:接入网设备,所述接入网设备用于执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized by comprising: access network equipment, the access network equipment being configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统还包括:第一网络设备,所述第一网络设备用于:接收请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求释放所述多播会话,并向所述接入网设备发送所述请求消息的响应消息。The communication system according to claim 22, characterized in that the communication system further includes: a first network device, the first network device is configured to: receive a request message, the request message is used to request the release of the multiple broadcast session, and send a response message of the request message to the access network device.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统还包括:第二网络设备,所述第二网络设备用于:接收多播会话离开消息,并根据所述多播会话离开消息释放所述第二网络设备的多播会话的上下文,所述第二网络设备的多播会话用于传输所述多播群组对应的多播数据。 The communication system according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that the communication system further includes: a second network device, the second network device is configured to: receive a multicast session leave message, and according to the multicast The session leave message releases the context of the multicast session of the second network device, and the multicast session of the second network device is used to transmit multicast data corresponding to the multicast group.
PCT/CN2023/110834 2022-08-09 2023-08-02 Multicast communication method and apparatus WO2024032448A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210950564.6 2022-08-09
CN202210950564.6A CN117641249A (en) 2022-08-09 2022-08-09 Multicast communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032448A1 true WO2024032448A1 (en) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850889

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/110834 WO2024032448A1 (en) 2022-08-09 2023-08-02 Multicast communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117641249A (en)
WO (1) WO2024032448A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113938840A (en) * 2020-07-13 2022-01-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2022028437A1 (en) * 2020-08-03 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, apparatus and system
CN114868408A (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-08-05 华为技术有限公司 Message forwarding method and device
CN114868425A (en) * 2020-03-10 2022-08-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method and device, network equipment and terminal equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114868425A (en) * 2020-03-10 2022-08-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method and device, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN114868408A (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-08-05 华为技术有限公司 Message forwarding method and device
CN113938840A (en) * 2020-07-13 2022-01-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device
WO2022028437A1 (en) * 2020-08-03 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, apparatus and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117641249A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12041516B2 (en) Multicast communication method, and apparatus and system
WO2020048393A1 (en) Positioning resource coordination method and device, network node, terminal, and base station
CN113660616B (en) Communication method and device for multicast/broadcast service
WO2021088941A1 (en) Communication method, device, and system
WO2021223620A1 (en) Service switching method, apparatus and system
WO2022165721A1 (en) Model sharing method and apparatus in ran domain
CN114585105A (en) Computing power perception session management method and communication device
WO2021023139A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
WO2022252859A1 (en) Computing power resource scheduling method and related apparatus
WO2022237505A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
AU2021278130A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and system
WO2024032448A1 (en) Multicast communication method and apparatus
WO2023051130A1 (en) Method and apparatus for deploying satellite core network, and system, medium and program product
WO2024169459A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP4274301A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185643A1 (en) Multicast/broadcast communication method and apparatus
WO2023245458A1 (en) Information reporting method, apparatus and computer storage medium
WO2023207860A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024149336A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023005440A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus and communication system
WO2022067588A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023029488A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023103958A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024027803A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and system
WO2023174154A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851669

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1